1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 32 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 33 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 34 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 35 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 36 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 37 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 45 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 46 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 47 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 48 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 49 #include <algorithm> 50 #include <cstring> 51 #include <functional> 52 using namespace clang; 53 using namespace sema; 54 55 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 56 if (OwnedType) { 57 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 58 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 59 } 60 61 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 62 } 63 64 namespace { 65 66 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 67 public: 68 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 69 bool AllowTemplates=false) 70 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 71 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 72 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 73 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 74 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 75 } 76 77 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 78 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 79 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 80 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 81 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 82 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 83 } 84 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 85 } 86 87 private: 88 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 89 bool WantClassName; 90 bool AllowClassTemplates; 91 }; 92 93 } 94 95 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 96 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 97 switch (Kind) { 98 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 99 // token kind is a valid type specifier 100 case tok::kw_short: 101 case tok::kw_long: 102 case tok::kw___int64: 103 case tok::kw___int128: 104 case tok::kw_signed: 105 case tok::kw_unsigned: 106 case tok::kw_void: 107 case tok::kw_char: 108 case tok::kw_int: 109 case tok::kw_half: 110 case tok::kw_float: 111 case tok::kw_double: 112 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 113 case tok::kw_bool: 114 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 115 return true; 116 117 case tok::annot_typename: 118 case tok::kw_char16_t: 119 case tok::kw_char32_t: 120 case tok::kw_typeof: 121 case tok::annot_decltype: 122 case tok::kw_decltype: 123 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 124 125 default: 126 break; 127 } 128 129 return false; 130 } 131 132 namespace { 133 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 134 NotFound, 135 FoundNonType, 136 FoundType 137 }; 138 } // namespace 139 140 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 141 /// dependent class. 142 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 143 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 144 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 145 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 146 SourceLocation NameLoc, 147 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 148 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 149 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 150 // Look for type decls in base classes. 151 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 152 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 153 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 154 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 155 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 156 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 157 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 158 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 159 // templates. 160 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 161 continue; 162 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 163 if (!TD) 164 continue; 165 auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 166 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()); 167 if (!BasePrimaryTemplate) 168 continue; 169 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 170 } 171 if (BaseRD) { 172 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 173 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 174 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 175 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 176 } 177 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 178 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 179 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 180 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 181 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 182 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 183 break; 184 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 185 break; 186 } 187 } 188 } 189 } 190 191 return FoundTypeDecl; 192 } 193 194 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 195 const IdentifierInfo &II, 196 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 197 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 198 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 199 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 200 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 201 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 202 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 203 DC = DC->getParent()) { 204 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 205 // templates. 206 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 207 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 208 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 209 } 210 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 211 return ParsedType(); 212 213 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 214 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 215 // lookup during template instantiation. 216 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 217 218 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 219 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 220 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 221 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 222 223 CXXScopeSpec SS; 224 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 225 226 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 227 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 228 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 229 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 230 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 231 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 232 } 233 234 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 235 /// return the declaration of that type. 236 /// 237 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 238 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 239 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 240 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 241 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 242 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 243 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 244 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 245 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 246 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 247 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 248 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 249 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 250 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 251 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 252 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 253 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 254 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 255 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 256 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 257 258 if (!LookupCtx) { 259 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 260 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 261 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 262 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 263 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 264 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 265 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 266 // 267 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 268 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 269 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 270 return ParsedType(); 271 272 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 273 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 274 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 275 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 276 277 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 278 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 279 II, NameLoc); 280 return ParsedType::make(T); 281 } 282 283 return ParsedType(); 284 } 285 286 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 287 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 288 return ParsedType(); 289 } 290 291 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 292 // lookup for class-names. 293 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 294 LookupOrdinaryName; 295 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 296 if (LookupCtx) { 297 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 298 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 299 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 300 // nested-name-specifier. 301 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 302 303 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 304 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 305 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 306 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 307 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 308 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 309 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 310 LookupName(Result, S); 311 } 312 } else { 313 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 314 LookupName(Result, S); 315 316 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 317 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 318 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 319 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 320 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 321 return TypeInBase; 322 } 323 } 324 325 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 326 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 327 case LookupResult::NotFound: 328 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 329 if (CorrectedII) { 330 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 331 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 332 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 333 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 334 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 335 TemplateTy Template; 336 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 337 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 338 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 339 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 340 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 341 if (SS && NNS) { 342 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 343 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 344 } 345 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 346 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 347 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 348 // is handled elsewhere). 349 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 350 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 351 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 352 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 353 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 354 IsCtorOrDtorName, 355 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 356 if (Ty) { 357 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 358 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 359 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 360 if (SS && NNS) 361 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 362 *CorrectedII = NewII; 363 return Ty; 364 } 365 } 366 } 367 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 368 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 369 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 370 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 371 return ParsedType(); 372 373 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 374 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 375 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 376 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 377 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 378 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 379 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 380 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 381 return ParsedType(); 382 } 383 384 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 385 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 386 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 387 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 388 if (!IIDecl || 389 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 390 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 391 IIDecl = *Res; 392 } 393 } 394 395 if (!IIDecl) { 396 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 397 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 398 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 399 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 400 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 401 // a type name. 402 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 403 return ParsedType(); 404 } 405 406 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 407 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 408 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 409 // perform the name lookup again. 410 break; 411 412 case LookupResult::Found: 413 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 414 break; 415 } 416 417 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 418 419 QualType T; 420 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 421 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 422 423 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 424 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 425 426 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 427 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 428 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 429 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 430 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 431 // Construct a type with type-source information. 432 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 433 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 434 435 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 436 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 437 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 438 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 439 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 440 } else { 441 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 442 } 443 } 444 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 445 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 446 if (!HasTrailingDot) 447 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 448 } 449 450 if (T.isNull()) { 451 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 452 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 453 return ParsedType(); 454 } 455 return ParsedType::make(T); 456 } 457 458 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 459 static NestedNameSpecifier * 460 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 461 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 462 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 463 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 464 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 465 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 466 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 467 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 468 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 469 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 470 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 471 } 472 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 473 } 474 475 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II, 476 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 477 // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template 478 // type parameter is a Microsoft extension. 479 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 480 481 // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at 482 // instantiation time. The name specifier isn't dependent, so template 483 // instantiation won't transform it. It will retry the lookup, however. 484 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = 485 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 486 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 487 488 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 489 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 490 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 491 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 492 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 493 494 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 495 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 496 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 497 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 498 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 499 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 500 } 501 502 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 503 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 504 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 505 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 506 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 507 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 508 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 509 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 510 LookupName(R, S, false); 511 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 512 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 513 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 514 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 515 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 516 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 517 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 518 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 519 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 520 } 521 } 522 523 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 524 } 525 526 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 527 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 528 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 529 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 530 /// @code 531 /// template<class T> class A { 532 /// public: 533 /// typedef int TYPE; 534 /// }; 535 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 536 /// public: 537 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 538 /// }; 539 /// @endcode 540 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 541 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 542 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 543 return true; 544 545 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 546 547 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 548 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 549 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 550 return true; 551 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 552 } 553 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 554 } 555 556 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 557 SourceLocation IILoc, 558 Scope *S, 559 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 560 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 561 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 562 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 563 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 564 565 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 566 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 567 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 568 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 569 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 570 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 571 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 572 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 573 // We corrected to a keyword. 574 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 575 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 576 } else { 577 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 578 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 579 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 580 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 581 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 582 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 583 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 584 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 585 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 586 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 587 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 588 } else { 589 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 590 } 591 592 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 593 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 594 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 595 SourceRange(IILoc)); 596 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 597 IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, 598 false, ParsedType(), 599 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 600 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 601 } 602 return; 603 } 604 605 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 606 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 607 UnqualifiedId Name; 608 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 609 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 610 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 611 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 612 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 613 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 614 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 615 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 616 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 617 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 618 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 619 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 620 } 621 return; 622 } 623 } 624 625 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 626 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 627 628 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 629 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 630 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 631 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 632 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 633 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 634 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 635 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 636 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 637 638 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 639 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 640 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 641 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 642 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 643 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 644 } else { 645 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 646 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 647 } 648 } 649 650 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 651 /// or 652 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 653 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 654 NextToken.is(tok::less); 655 656 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 657 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 658 return true; 659 660 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 661 return true; 662 } 663 664 return false; 665 } 666 667 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 668 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 669 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 670 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 671 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 672 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 673 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 674 StringRef FixItTagName; 675 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 676 case TTK_Class: 677 FixItTagName = "class "; 678 break; 679 680 case TTK_Enum: 681 FixItTagName = "enum "; 682 break; 683 684 case TTK_Struct: 685 FixItTagName = "struct "; 686 break; 687 688 case TTK_Interface: 689 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 690 break; 691 692 case TTK_Union: 693 FixItTagName = "union "; 694 break; 695 } 696 697 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 698 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 699 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 700 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 701 702 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 703 I != IEnd; ++I) 704 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 705 << Name << TagName; 706 707 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 708 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 709 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 710 return true; 711 } 712 713 return false; 714 } 715 716 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 717 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 718 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 719 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 720 721 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 722 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 723 724 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 725 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 726 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 727 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 728 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 729 } 730 731 Sema::NameClassification 732 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 733 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 734 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 735 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 736 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 737 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 738 739 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 740 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 741 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 742 } 743 744 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 745 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 746 747 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 748 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 749 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 750 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 751 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 752 return TypeInBase; 753 } 754 755 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 756 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 757 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 758 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 759 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 760 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 761 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 762 return E; 763 } 764 765 bool SecondTry = false; 766 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 767 768 Corrected: 769 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 770 case LookupResult::NotFound: 771 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 772 // call. 773 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 774 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 775 // FIXME: Reference? 776 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 777 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 778 779 // C90 6.3.2.2: 780 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 781 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 782 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 783 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 784 // the function call, the declaration 785 // 786 // extern int identifier (); 787 // 788 // appeared. 789 // 790 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 791 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 792 Result.addDecl(D); 793 Result.resolveKind(); 794 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 795 } 796 } 797 798 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 799 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 800 // "struct", or "union". 801 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 802 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 803 break; 804 } 805 806 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 807 // close to this name. 808 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 809 SecondTry = true; 810 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 811 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 812 &SS, std::move(CCC), 813 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 814 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 815 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 816 817 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 818 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 819 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr; 820 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 821 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 822 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 823 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 824 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 825 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 826 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 827 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 828 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 829 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 830 } 831 832 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 833 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 834 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 835 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 836 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 837 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 838 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 839 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 840 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 841 } 842 843 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 844 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 845 846 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 847 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 848 return Name; 849 850 // Also update the LookupResult... 851 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 852 Result.clear(); 853 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 854 if (FirstDecl) 855 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 856 857 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 858 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 859 // reference the ivar. 860 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 861 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 862 Result.clear(); 863 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 864 return E; 865 } 866 867 goto Corrected; 868 } 869 } 870 871 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 872 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 873 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 874 875 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 876 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 877 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 878 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 879 880 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 881 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 882 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 883 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 884 // qualified by the keyword typename. 885 // 886 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 887 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 888 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 889 // keyword here. 890 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 891 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 892 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 893 } 894 895 case LookupResult::Found: 896 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 897 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 898 break; 899 900 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 901 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 902 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 903 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 904 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 905 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 906 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 907 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 908 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 909 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 910 // ambiguous. 911 // 912 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 913 // so try again after filtering out template names. 914 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 915 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 916 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 917 break; 918 } 919 } 920 921 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 922 return NameClassification::Error(); 923 } 924 925 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 926 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 927 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 928 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 929 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 930 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 931 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 932 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 933 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 934 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 935 936 if (!Result.empty()) { 937 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 938 bool IsVarTemplate; 939 TemplateName Template; 940 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 941 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 942 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 943 Result.end()); 944 } else { 945 TemplateDecl *TD 946 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 947 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 948 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 949 950 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 951 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 952 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 953 TD); 954 else 955 Template = TemplateName(TD); 956 } 957 958 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 959 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 960 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 961 // to based on which function we selected. 962 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 963 964 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 965 } 966 967 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 968 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 969 } 970 } 971 972 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 973 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 974 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 975 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 976 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 977 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 978 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 979 return ParsedType::make(T); 980 } 981 982 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 983 if (!Class) { 984 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 985 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 986 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 987 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 988 } 989 990 if (Class) { 991 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 992 993 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 994 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 995 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 996 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 997 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 998 } 999 1000 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1001 return ParsedType::make(T); 1002 } 1003 1004 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1005 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1006 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1007 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1008 1009 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1010 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1011 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 1012 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1013 (NextIsOp && 1014 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1015 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1016 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1017 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1018 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1019 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1020 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1021 return ParsedType::make(T); 1022 } 1023 1024 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1025 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1026 nullptr); 1027 1028 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1029 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1030 } 1031 1032 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1033 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1034 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1035 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1036 1037 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1038 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1039 // the context we'll need to return to. 1040 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1041 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1042 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1043 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1044 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1045 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1046 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1047 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1048 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1049 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1050 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1051 1052 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1053 // lexical context. 1054 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1055 return DC; 1056 1057 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1058 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1059 // class is the context we need to return to. 1060 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1061 DC = RD; 1062 1063 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1064 // declared in. 1065 return DC; 1066 } 1067 1068 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1069 } 1070 1071 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1072 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1073 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1074 CurContext = DC; 1075 S->setEntity(DC); 1076 } 1077 1078 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1079 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1080 1081 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1082 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1083 } 1084 1085 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1086 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1087 /// 1088 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1089 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1090 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1091 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1092 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1093 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1094 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1095 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1096 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1097 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1098 // namespace. 1099 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1100 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1101 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1102 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1103 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1104 1105 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1106 1107 #ifndef NDEBUG 1108 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1109 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1110 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1111 #endif 1112 1113 CurContext = DC; 1114 S->setEntity(DC); 1115 } 1116 1117 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1118 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1119 1120 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1121 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1122 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1123 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1124 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1125 1126 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1127 // disappear. 1128 } 1129 1130 1131 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1132 // We assume that the caller has already called 1133 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1134 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1135 if (!FD) 1136 return; 1137 1138 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1139 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1140 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1141 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1142 CurContext = FD; 1143 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1144 1145 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1146 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1147 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1148 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1149 S->AddDecl(Param); 1150 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1151 } 1152 } 1153 } 1154 1155 1156 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1157 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1158 // rather than the top-level class. 1159 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1160 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1161 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1162 } 1163 1164 1165 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1166 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1167 /// 1168 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1169 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1170 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1171 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1172 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1173 /// attribute. 1174 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1175 ASTContext &Context) { 1176 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1177 return true; 1178 1179 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1180 return true; 1181 1182 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1183 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1184 } 1185 1186 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1187 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1188 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1189 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1190 // scope. 1191 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1192 S = S->getParent(); 1193 1194 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1195 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1196 // into any context. 1197 if (AddToContext) 1198 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1199 1200 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1201 // are function-local declarations. 1202 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1203 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1204 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1205 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1206 return; 1207 1208 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1209 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1210 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1211 return; 1212 1213 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1214 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1215 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1216 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1217 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1218 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1219 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1220 1221 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1222 break; 1223 } 1224 } 1225 1226 S->AddDecl(D); 1227 1228 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1229 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1230 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1231 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1232 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1233 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1234 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1235 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1236 continue; 1237 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1238 break; 1239 } 1240 1241 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1242 } else { 1243 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1244 } 1245 } 1246 1247 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1248 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1249 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1250 } 1251 1252 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1253 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1254 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1255 } 1256 1257 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1258 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1259 do { 1260 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1261 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1262 return S; 1263 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1264 1265 return nullptr; 1266 } 1267 1268 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1269 DeclContext*, 1270 ASTContext&); 1271 1272 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1273 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1274 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1275 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1276 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1277 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1278 while (F.hasNext()) { 1279 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1280 1281 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1282 continue; 1283 1284 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1285 continue; 1286 1287 F.erase(); 1288 } 1289 1290 F.done(); 1291 } 1292 1293 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1294 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1295 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1296 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1297 } 1298 1299 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1300 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1301 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1302 while (F.hasNext()) 1303 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1304 F.erase(); 1305 1306 F.done(); 1307 } 1308 1309 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1310 /// @code 1311 /// class S { 1312 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1313 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1314 /// }; 1315 /// @endcode 1316 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1317 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1318 // the decl here. 1319 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1320 return false; 1321 1322 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1323 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1324 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1325 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1326 return false; 1327 } 1328 1329 // We need this to handle 1330 // 1331 // typedef struct { 1332 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1333 // } A; 1334 // 1335 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1336 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1337 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1338 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1339 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1340 // not. 1341 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1342 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1343 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1344 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1345 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1346 return true; 1347 } 1348 DC = DC->getParent(); 1349 } 1350 1351 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1352 } 1353 1354 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1355 // these semantics. 1356 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1357 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1358 return false; 1359 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1360 } 1361 1362 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1363 assert(D); 1364 1365 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1366 return false; 1367 1368 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1369 // of members of class templates. 1370 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1371 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1372 return false; 1373 1374 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1375 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1376 return false; 1377 1378 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1379 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1380 return false; 1381 } else { 1382 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1383 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1384 return false; 1385 } 1386 1387 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1388 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1389 return false; 1390 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1391 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1392 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1393 // like "inline".) 1394 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1395 return false; 1396 1397 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1398 return false; 1399 1400 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1401 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1402 return false; 1403 } else { 1404 return false; 1405 } 1406 1407 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1408 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1409 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1410 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1411 } 1412 1413 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1414 if (!D) 1415 return; 1416 1417 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1418 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1419 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1420 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1421 } 1422 1423 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1424 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1425 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1426 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1427 } 1428 1429 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1430 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1431 } 1432 1433 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1434 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1435 return false; 1436 1437 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1438 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1439 return false; 1440 1441 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1442 return true; 1443 1444 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1445 // functions. 1446 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1447 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1448 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1449 WithinFunction = 1450 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1451 if (!WithinFunction) 1452 return false; 1453 1454 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1455 return true; 1456 1457 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1458 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1459 return false; 1460 1461 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1462 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1463 1464 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1465 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1466 1467 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1468 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1469 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1470 return false; 1471 } 1472 1473 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1474 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1475 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1476 return false; 1477 1478 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1479 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1480 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1481 return false; 1482 1483 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1484 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1485 return false; 1486 1487 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1488 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1489 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1490 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1491 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1492 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1493 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1494 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1495 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1496 return false; 1497 } 1498 } 1499 } 1500 } 1501 1502 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1503 } 1504 1505 return true; 1506 } 1507 1508 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1509 FixItHint &Hint) { 1510 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1511 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1512 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1513 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1514 return; 1515 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1516 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1517 } 1518 return; 1519 } 1520 1521 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1522 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1523 return; 1524 1525 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1526 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1527 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1528 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1529 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1530 } 1531 } 1532 1533 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1534 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1535 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1536 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1537 return; 1538 1539 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1540 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1541 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1542 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1543 return; 1544 } 1545 1546 FixItHint Hint; 1547 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1548 1549 unsigned DiagID; 1550 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1551 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1552 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1553 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1554 else 1555 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1556 1557 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1558 } 1559 1560 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1561 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1562 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1563 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1564 // MS inline assembly label name. 1565 bool Diagnose = false; 1566 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1567 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1568 else 1569 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1570 if (Diagnose) 1571 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1572 } 1573 1574 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1575 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1576 1577 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1578 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1579 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1580 1581 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1582 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1583 1584 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1585 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1586 1587 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1588 1589 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1590 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1591 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1592 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1593 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1594 } 1595 1596 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1597 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1598 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1599 1600 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1601 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1602 } 1603 } 1604 1605 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1606 /// 1607 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1608 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1609 /// to the fixed name. 1610 /// 1611 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1612 /// 1613 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1614 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1615 /// 1616 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1617 /// class could not be found. 1618 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1619 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1620 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1621 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1622 // creation from this context. 1623 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1624 1625 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1626 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1627 // find an Objective-C class name. 1628 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1629 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1630 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1631 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1632 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1633 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1634 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1635 } 1636 } 1637 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1638 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1639 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1640 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1641 return Def; 1642 } 1643 1644 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1645 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1646 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1647 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1648 /// ill-formed in C++: 1649 /// @code 1650 /// struct S6 { 1651 /// enum { BAR } e; 1652 /// }; 1653 /// 1654 /// void test_S6() { 1655 /// struct S6 a; 1656 /// a.e = BAR; 1657 /// } 1658 /// @endcode 1659 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1660 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1661 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1662 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1663 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1664 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1665 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1666 /// contain non-field names. 1667 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1668 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1669 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1670 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1671 S = S->getParent(); 1672 return S; 1673 } 1674 1675 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1676 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1677 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1678 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1679 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1680 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1681 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1682 return; 1683 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1684 1685 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1686 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1687 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1688 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1689 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1690 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1691 } 1692 1693 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1694 switch (Error) { 1695 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1696 return ""; 1697 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1698 return "stdio.h"; 1699 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1700 return "setjmp.h"; 1701 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1702 return "ucontext.h"; 1703 } 1704 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1705 } 1706 1707 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1708 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1709 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1710 /// built-in. 1711 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1712 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1713 SourceLocation Loc) { 1714 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1715 1716 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1717 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1718 if (Error) { 1719 if (ForRedeclaration) 1720 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1721 << getHeaderName(Error) 1722 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID); 1723 return nullptr; 1724 } 1725 1726 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) { 1727 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1728 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID) 1729 << R; 1730 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1731 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1732 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1733 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1734 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID); 1735 } 1736 1737 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1738 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1739 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1740 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1741 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1742 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1743 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1744 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1745 } 1746 1747 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1748 Parent, 1749 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1750 SC_Extern, 1751 false, 1752 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1753 New->setImplicit(); 1754 1755 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1756 // FunctionDecl. 1757 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1758 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1759 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1760 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1761 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1762 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1763 SC_None, nullptr); 1764 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1765 Params.push_back(parm); 1766 } 1767 New->setParams(Params); 1768 } 1769 1770 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1771 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1772 1773 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1774 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1775 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1776 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1777 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1778 CurContext = Parent; 1779 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1780 CurContext = SavedContext; 1781 return New; 1782 } 1783 1784 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1785 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1786 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1787 /// entity. 1788 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, 1789 NamedDecl *decl, 1790 LookupResult &previous){ 1791 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1792 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1793 return; 1794 1795 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1796 if (previous.empty()) 1797 return; 1798 1799 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1800 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1801 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1802 1803 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1804 if (!old->isHidden()) 1805 continue; 1806 1807 if (!old->isExternallyVisible()) 1808 filter.erase(); 1809 } 1810 1811 filter.done(); 1812 } 1813 1814 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1815 /// entity if their types are the same. 1816 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1817 /// isSameEntity. 1818 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(ASTContext &Context, 1819 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1820 LookupResult &Previous) { 1821 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1822 if (!Context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1823 return; 1824 1825 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1826 if (Previous.empty()) 1827 return; 1828 1829 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1830 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1831 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1832 1833 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1834 if (!Old->isHidden()) 1835 continue; 1836 1837 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1838 // different linkages. 1839 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1840 if (Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1841 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1842 continue; 1843 1844 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1845 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1846 if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName() && 1847 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1848 continue; 1849 } 1850 1851 if (!Old->isExternallyVisible()) 1852 Filter.erase(); 1853 } 1854 1855 Filter.done(); 1856 } 1857 1858 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1859 QualType OldType; 1860 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1861 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1862 else 1863 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1864 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1865 1866 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1867 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1868 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1869 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1870 << Kind << NewType; 1871 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1872 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1873 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1874 return true; 1875 } 1876 1877 if (OldType != NewType && 1878 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1879 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1880 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1881 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1882 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1883 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1884 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1885 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1886 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1887 return true; 1888 } 1889 return false; 1890 } 1891 1892 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1893 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1894 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1895 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1896 /// 1897 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1898 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1899 // merging checks. 1900 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1901 1902 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1903 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1904 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1905 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1906 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1907 default: break; 1908 case 2: 1909 { 1910 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1911 break; 1912 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1913 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1914 break; 1915 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1916 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1917 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1918 break; 1919 } 1920 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1921 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1922 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1923 return; 1924 } 1925 case 5: 1926 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1927 break; 1928 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1929 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1930 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1931 return; 1932 case 3: 1933 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1934 break; 1935 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1936 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1937 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1938 return; 1939 } 1940 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1941 } 1942 1943 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1944 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1945 if (!Old) { 1946 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1947 << New->getDeclName(); 1948 1949 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1950 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1951 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1952 1953 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1954 } 1955 1956 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1957 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1958 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1959 1960 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1961 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 1962 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 1963 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 1964 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 1965 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 1966 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 1967 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 1968 // instead of our tag. 1969 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 1970 if (OldTD->isModed()) 1971 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 1972 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 1973 else 1974 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 1975 1976 // Make the old tag definition visible. 1977 if (auto *Listener = getASTMutationListener()) 1978 Listener->RedefinedHiddenDefinition(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 1979 Hidden->setHidden(false); 1980 } 1981 } 1982 1983 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1984 // with any extensions enabled. 1985 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1986 return; 1987 1988 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1989 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1990 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1991 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1992 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1993 } 1994 1995 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1996 return; 1997 1998 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1999 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 2000 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 2001 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 2002 // to the type to which it already refers. 2003 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2004 return; 2005 2006 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2007 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2008 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2009 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2010 // 2011 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2012 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2013 // 2014 // struct S { 2015 // typedef struct A { } A; 2016 // }; 2017 // 2018 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2019 // allow the above but disallow 2020 // 2021 // struct S { 2022 // typedef int I; 2023 // typedef int I; 2024 // }; 2025 // 2026 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2027 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2028 return; 2029 2030 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2031 << New->getDeclName(); 2032 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2033 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2034 } 2035 2036 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2037 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2038 return; 2039 2040 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2041 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2042 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2043 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2044 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2045 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2046 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2047 return; 2048 2049 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2050 << New->getDeclName(); 2051 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2052 } 2053 2054 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2055 /// attribute. 2056 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2057 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2058 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2059 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2060 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2061 if (Ann) { 2062 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2063 return true; 2064 continue; 2065 } 2066 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2067 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2068 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2069 return true; 2070 } 2071 2072 return false; 2073 } 2074 2075 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2076 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2077 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2078 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2079 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2080 return true; 2081 } 2082 2083 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2084 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2085 /// 2086 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2087 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2088 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2089 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2090 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2091 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2092 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2093 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2094 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2095 // in a case like: 2096 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2097 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2098 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2099 // definition in such a case. 2100 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2101 return false; 2102 2103 if (I->isAlignas()) 2104 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2105 2106 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2107 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2108 OldAlign = Align; 2109 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2110 } 2111 } 2112 2113 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2114 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2115 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2116 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2117 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2118 return false; 2119 2120 if (I->isAlignas()) 2121 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2122 2123 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2124 if (Align > NewAlign) 2125 NewAlign = Align; 2126 } 2127 2128 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2129 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2130 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2131 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2132 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2133 2134 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2135 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2136 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2137 QualType Ty; 2138 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2139 Ty = VD->getType(); 2140 else 2141 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2142 2143 if (OldAlign == 0) 2144 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2145 if (NewAlign == 0) 2146 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2147 } 2148 2149 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2150 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2151 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2152 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2153 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2154 } 2155 } 2156 2157 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2158 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2159 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2160 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2161 // equivalent alignment. 2162 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2163 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2164 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2165 // have no alignment specifier. 2166 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2167 << OldAlignasAttr; 2168 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2169 << OldAlignasAttr; 2170 } 2171 2172 bool AnyAdded = false; 2173 2174 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2175 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2176 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2177 Clone->setInherited(true); 2178 New->addAttr(Clone); 2179 AnyAdded = true; 2180 } 2181 2182 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2183 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2184 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2185 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2186 Clone->setInherited(true); 2187 New->addAttr(Clone); 2188 AnyAdded = true; 2189 } 2190 2191 return AnyAdded; 2192 } 2193 2194 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2195 const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) { 2196 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2197 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2198 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2199 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2200 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 2201 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2202 AA->getMessage(), Override, 2203 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2204 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2205 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2206 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2207 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2208 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2209 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2210 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2211 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2212 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2213 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2214 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2215 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2216 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2217 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2218 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2219 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2220 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2221 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2222 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2223 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2224 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2225 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2226 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2227 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2228 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2229 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2230 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2231 else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2232 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2233 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2234 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2235 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2236 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2237 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2238 NewAttr = nullptr; 2239 else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override) 2240 NewAttr = nullptr; 2241 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2242 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2243 2244 if (NewAttr) { 2245 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2246 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2247 return true; 2248 } 2249 2250 return false; 2251 } 2252 2253 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2254 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2255 return TD->getDefinition(); 2256 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2257 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2258 if (Def) 2259 return Def; 2260 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2261 } 2262 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2263 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2264 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2265 return Def; 2266 } 2267 return nullptr; 2268 } 2269 2270 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2271 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2272 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2273 return true; 2274 return false; 2275 } 2276 2277 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2278 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2279 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2280 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2281 return; 2282 2283 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2284 if (!Def || Def == New) 2285 return; 2286 2287 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2288 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2289 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2290 2291 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2292 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) 2293 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def)); 2294 else { 2295 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2296 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2297 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2298 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2299 : diag::err_redefinition; 2300 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2301 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2302 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2303 } 2304 ++I; 2305 continue; 2306 } 2307 2308 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2309 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2310 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2311 ++I; 2312 continue; 2313 } 2314 } 2315 2316 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2317 ++I; 2318 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2319 } 2320 2321 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2322 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2323 ++I; 2324 continue; 2325 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2326 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2327 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2328 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2329 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2330 // equivalent alignment. 2331 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2332 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2333 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2334 // have no alignment specifier. 2335 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2336 << AA; 2337 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2338 << AA; 2339 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2340 --E; 2341 continue; 2342 } 2343 } 2344 2345 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2346 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2347 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2348 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2349 --E; 2350 } 2351 } 2352 2353 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2354 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2355 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2356 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2357 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2358 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2359 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2360 } 2361 2362 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2363 return; 2364 2365 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2366 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2367 2368 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2369 return; 2370 2371 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2372 2373 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2374 // we process them. 2375 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2376 2377 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2378 bool Override = false; 2379 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2380 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2381 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2382 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2383 switch (AMK) { 2384 case AMK_None: 2385 continue; 2386 2387 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2388 break; 2389 2390 case AMK_Override: 2391 Override = true; 2392 break; 2393 } 2394 } 2395 2396 // Already handled. 2397 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2398 continue; 2399 2400 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override)) 2401 foundAny = true; 2402 } 2403 2404 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2405 foundAny = true; 2406 2407 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2408 } 2409 2410 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2411 /// to the new one. 2412 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2413 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2414 Sema &S) { 2415 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2416 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2417 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2418 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2419 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2420 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2421 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2422 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2423 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2424 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2425 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2426 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2427 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2428 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2429 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2430 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2431 } 2432 2433 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2434 return; 2435 2436 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2437 2438 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2439 // done before we process them. 2440 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2441 2442 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2443 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2444 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2445 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2446 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2447 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2448 foundAny = true; 2449 } 2450 } 2451 2452 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2453 } 2454 2455 namespace { 2456 2457 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2458 /// C. 2459 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2460 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2461 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2462 QualType PromotedType; 2463 }; 2464 2465 } 2466 2467 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2468 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2469 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2470 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2471 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2472 2473 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2474 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2475 2476 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2477 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2478 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2479 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2480 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2481 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2482 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2483 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2484 } 2485 2486 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2487 } 2488 2489 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2490 // declaration, or a declaration. 2491 template <typename T> 2492 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2493 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2494 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2495 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2496 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2497 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2498 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2499 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2500 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2501 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2502 } else 2503 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2504 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2505 } 2506 2507 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2508 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2509 /// GNU89 mode. 2510 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2511 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2512 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2513 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2514 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2515 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2516 } 2517 2518 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2519 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2520 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2521 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2522 return AT; 2523 } 2524 2525 template <typename T> 2526 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2527 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2528 if (DC->isRecord()) 2529 return false; 2530 2531 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2532 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2533 return true; 2534 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2535 return true; 2536 return false; 2537 } 2538 2539 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2540 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2541 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2542 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2543 /// 2544 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2545 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2546 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2547 /// merged with. 2548 /// 2549 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2550 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2551 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2552 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2553 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2554 if (!Old) { 2555 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2556 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2557 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2558 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2559 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2560 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2561 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2562 return true; 2563 } 2564 2565 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2566 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2567 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2568 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2569 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2570 2571 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2572 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2573 if (Old && 2574 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2575 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2576 !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC())) 2577 Old = nullptr; 2578 2579 if (!Old) { 2580 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2581 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2582 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2583 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2584 return true; 2585 } 2586 OldD = Old; 2587 } else { 2588 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2589 << New->getDeclName(); 2590 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2591 return true; 2592 } 2593 } 2594 2595 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2596 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2597 return true; 2598 2599 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2600 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2601 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2602 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2603 2604 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2605 // is an extern inline function. 2606 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2607 // storage classes. 2608 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2609 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2610 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2611 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2612 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2613 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2614 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2615 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2616 } else { 2617 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2618 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2619 return true; 2620 } 2621 } 2622 2623 2624 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2625 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2626 // convention of the first. 2627 // 2628 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2629 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2630 // 2631 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2632 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2633 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2634 // 2635 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2636 // other tests to run. 2637 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2638 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2639 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2640 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2641 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2642 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2643 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2644 2645 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2646 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2647 const FunctionType *FT = 2648 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2649 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2650 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2651 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2652 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2653 // there but not here. 2654 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2655 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2656 } else { 2657 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2658 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2659 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2660 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2661 << !FirstCCExplicit 2662 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2663 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2664 2665 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2666 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2667 return true; 2668 } 2669 } 2670 2671 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2672 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2673 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2674 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2675 } 2676 2677 // Merge regparm attribute. 2678 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2679 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2680 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2681 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2682 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2683 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2684 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2685 return true; 2686 } 2687 2688 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2689 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2690 } 2691 2692 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2693 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2694 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2695 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2696 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2697 return true; 2698 } 2699 2700 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2701 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2702 } 2703 2704 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2705 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2706 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2707 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2708 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2709 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2710 } 2711 2712 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2713 // UndefinedButUsed. 2714 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2715 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2716 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) && 2717 Old->isUsed(false) && 2718 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2719 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2720 SourceLocation())); 2721 2722 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2723 // about it. 2724 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2725 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2726 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2727 } 2728 2729 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2730 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2731 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2732 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2733 // cannot be overloaded. 2734 2735 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2736 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2737 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2738 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2739 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2740 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2741 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2742 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2743 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2744 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2745 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2746 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2747 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2748 QualType ResQT; 2749 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2750 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2751 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2752 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2753 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2754 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2755 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2756 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2757 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2758 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2759 else 2760 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2761 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2762 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2763 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2764 return true; 2765 } 2766 else 2767 NewQType = ResQT; 2768 } 2769 2770 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2771 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2772 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2773 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2774 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2775 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2776 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2777 New->setType( 2778 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2779 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2780 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2781 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2782 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2783 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2784 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2785 } 2786 } 2787 2788 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2789 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2790 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2791 // Preserve triviality. 2792 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2793 2794 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2795 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2796 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2797 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2798 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2799 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2800 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2801 2802 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2803 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2804 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2805 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2806 // is a static member function declaration. 2807 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2808 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2809 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2810 return true; 2811 } 2812 2813 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2814 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2815 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2816 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2817 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2818 unsigned NewDiag; 2819 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2820 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2821 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2822 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2823 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2824 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2825 else 2826 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2827 2828 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2829 } else { 2830 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2831 << New << New->getType(); 2832 } 2833 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2834 return true; 2835 2836 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2837 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2838 // 2839 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2840 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2841 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2842 if (isFriend) { 2843 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2844 } else { 2845 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2846 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2847 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2848 return true; 2849 } 2850 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2851 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2852 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2853 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2854 return true; 2855 } 2856 } 2857 2858 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2859 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2860 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2861 // attribute. 2862 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 2863 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2864 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2865 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2866 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2867 } 2868 2869 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2870 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2871 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2872 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2873 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2874 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2875 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2876 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2877 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2878 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2879 } 2880 2881 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2882 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2883 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2884 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2885 2886 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2887 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2888 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2889 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2890 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2891 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2892 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2893 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2894 } 2895 2896 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2897 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 2898 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 2899 // 2900 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 2901 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 2902 // linkage within class scope. 2903 // 2904 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 2905 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 2906 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 2907 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2908 } else { 2909 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2910 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2911 return true; 2912 } 2913 } 2914 2915 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2916 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2917 2918 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2919 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 2920 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 2921 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 2922 // when we instantiate the function. 2923 return false; 2924 } 2925 2926 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2927 } 2928 2929 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2930 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2931 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2932 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2933 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2934 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2935 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 2936 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2937 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2938 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2939 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2940 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2941 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 2942 NewQType = 2943 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 2944 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2945 New->setType(NewQType); 2946 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2947 2948 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 2949 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2950 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 2951 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 2952 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 2953 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2954 SC_None, nullptr); 2955 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2956 Param->setImplicit(); 2957 Params.push_back(Param); 2958 } 2959 2960 New->setParams(Params); 2961 } 2962 2963 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2964 } 2965 2966 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2967 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2968 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2969 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2970 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2971 // the prototype. 2972 // 2973 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2974 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2975 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2976 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2977 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2978 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2979 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2980 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2981 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2982 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2983 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2984 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2985 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2986 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2987 2988 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2989 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 2990 NewProto->getReturnType()); 2991 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2992 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2993 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2994 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2995 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2996 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2997 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 2998 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2999 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3000 NewParm->getType(), 3001 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3002 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3003 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3004 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3005 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3006 } else 3007 LooseCompatible = false; 3008 } 3009 3010 if (LooseCompatible) { 3011 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3012 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3013 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3014 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3015 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3016 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3017 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3018 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3019 } 3020 3021 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3022 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3023 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3024 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3025 } 3026 3027 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3028 } 3029 3030 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3031 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3032 3033 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3034 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3035 unsigned BuiltinID; 3036 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3037 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3038 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3039 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3040 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3041 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3042 << Old << Old->getType(); 3043 3044 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3045 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3046 // 3047 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3048 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3049 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3050 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3051 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3052 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3053 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 3054 3055 return false; 3056 } 3057 3058 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3059 } 3060 3061 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3062 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3063 return true; 3064 } 3065 3066 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3067 /// known to be compatible. 3068 /// 3069 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3070 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3071 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3072 /// redeclaration of Old. 3073 /// 3074 /// \returns false 3075 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3076 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3077 // Merge the attributes 3078 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3079 3080 // Merge "pure" flag. 3081 if (Old->isPure()) 3082 New->setPure(); 3083 3084 // Merge "used" flag. 3085 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3086 New->setIsUsed(); 3087 3088 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3089 // declarations. 3090 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3091 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 3092 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 3093 *this); 3094 3095 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3096 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3097 3098 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3099 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3100 // was visible. 3101 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3102 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3103 New->setType(Merged); 3104 3105 return false; 3106 } 3107 3108 3109 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3110 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3111 3112 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3113 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3114 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3115 : AMK_Override; 3116 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3117 3118 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3119 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3120 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3121 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3122 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3123 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3124 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3125 3126 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3127 } 3128 3129 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3130 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3131 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3132 /// 3133 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3134 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3135 /// is attached. 3136 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3137 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3138 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3139 return; 3140 3141 QualType MergedT; 3142 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3143 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3144 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3145 return; 3146 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3147 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3148 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3149 } 3150 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3151 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3152 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3153 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3154 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3155 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 3156 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3157 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3158 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3159 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3160 NewArray->getElementType())) 3161 MergedT = New->getType(); 3162 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 3163 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3164 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3165 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3166 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3167 NewArray->getElementType())) 3168 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3169 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3170 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3171 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3172 Old->getType()); 3173 } 3174 } else { 3175 // C 6.2.7p2: 3176 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3177 // compatible type. 3178 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3179 } 3180 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3181 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3182 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3183 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3184 // equivalent. 3185 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3186 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3187 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3188 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3189 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3190 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3191 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3192 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3193 return; 3194 } 3195 3196 // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration 3197 // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance: 3198 // 3199 // extern int arr[]; 3200 // void f() { extern int arr[2]; } 3201 // void g() { extern int arr[3]; } 3202 // 3203 // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try 3204 // to diagnose it. 3205 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 3206 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3207 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3208 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3209 } 3210 3211 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3212 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3213 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3214 New->setType(MergedT); 3215 } 3216 3217 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3218 LookupResult &Previous) { 3219 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3220 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3221 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3222 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3223 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3224 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3225 // 3226 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3227 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3228 return false; 3229 3230 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3231 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3232 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3233 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3234 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3235 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3236 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3237 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3238 } else { 3239 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3240 // type unless we're in the same function. 3241 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3242 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3243 } 3244 } 3245 3246 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3247 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3248 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3249 /// 3250 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3251 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3252 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3253 /// 3254 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3255 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3256 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3257 return; 3258 3259 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3260 3261 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3262 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3263 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3264 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3265 if (NewTemplate) { 3266 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3267 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3268 } else 3269 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3270 } 3271 if (!Old) { 3272 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3273 << New->getDeclName(); 3274 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3275 diag::note_previous_definition); 3276 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3277 } 3278 3279 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 3280 return; 3281 3282 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3283 if (NewTemplate && 3284 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3285 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3286 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3287 return; 3288 3289 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3290 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3291 // 3292 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3293 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3294 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3295 << New->getIdentifier(); 3296 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3297 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3298 } 3299 3300 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3301 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3302 // declaration 3303 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3304 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3305 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3306 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3307 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3308 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3309 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3310 } 3311 3312 // Merge the types. 3313 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3314 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3315 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3316 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3317 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3318 return; 3319 } 3320 3321 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3322 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3323 return; 3324 3325 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3326 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3327 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3328 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3329 3330 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3331 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3332 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3333 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3334 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3335 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3336 << New->getDeclName(); 3337 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3338 } else { 3339 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3340 << New->getDeclName(); 3341 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3342 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3343 } 3344 } 3345 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3346 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3347 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3348 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3349 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3350 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3351 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3352 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3353 // identifier has external linkage. 3354 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3355 /* Okay */; 3356 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3357 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3358 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3359 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3360 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3361 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3362 } 3363 3364 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3365 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3366 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3367 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3368 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3369 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3370 } 3371 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3372 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3373 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3374 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3375 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3376 } 3377 3378 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3379 3380 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3381 // need to check for mismatches. 3382 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3383 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3384 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3385 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3386 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3387 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3388 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3389 } 3390 3391 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3392 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3393 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3394 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3395 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3396 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3397 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3398 } else { 3399 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3400 // static and dynamic initialization. 3401 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3402 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3403 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3404 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3405 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3406 } 3407 } 3408 3409 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3410 const VarDecl *Def; 3411 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3412 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3413 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3414 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3415 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3416 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3417 return; 3418 } 3419 3420 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3421 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3422 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3423 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3424 return; 3425 } 3426 3427 // Merge "used" flag. 3428 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3429 New->setIsUsed(); 3430 3431 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3432 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3433 if (NewTemplate) 3434 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3435 3436 // Inherit access appropriately. 3437 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3438 if (NewTemplate) 3439 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3440 } 3441 3442 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3443 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3444 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3445 DeclSpec &DS) { 3446 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3447 } 3448 3449 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3450 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3451 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3452 // compatibility. 3453 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3454 // targeted. 3455 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3456 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(19) ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3457 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3458 } 3459 3460 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3461 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3462 return; 3463 3464 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3465 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3466 // it is anonymous. 3467 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3468 return; 3469 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3470 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3471 Context.setManglingNumber( 3472 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3473 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3474 return; 3475 } 3476 3477 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3478 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3479 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3480 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3481 Context.setManglingNumber( 3482 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3483 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3484 } 3485 } 3486 3487 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3488 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3489 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 3490 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 3491 if (TagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) 3492 return; 3493 if (TagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3494 return; 3495 3496 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3497 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3498 3499 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3500 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3501 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) 3502 return; 3503 3504 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3505 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3506 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3507 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3508 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3509 // for how to handle it. 3510 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3511 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3512 3513 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3514 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3515 3516 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3517 textToInsert += ' '; 3518 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3519 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3520 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3521 return; 3522 } 3523 3524 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3525 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3526 } 3527 3528 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3529 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3530 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3531 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3532 DeclSpec &DS, 3533 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3534 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3535 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3536 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3537 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3538 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3539 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3540 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3541 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3542 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3543 3544 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3545 return nullptr; 3546 3547 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3548 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3549 // it's a Type. 3550 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3551 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3552 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3553 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3554 } 3555 3556 if (Tag) { 3557 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3558 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3559 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3560 return Tag; 3561 } 3562 3563 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3564 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3565 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3566 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3567 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3568 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3569 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3570 } 3571 3572 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3573 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3574 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3575 if (Tag) 3576 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3577 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3578 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3579 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3580 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 3581 else 3582 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3583 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3584 return TagD; 3585 } 3586 3587 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3588 3589 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3590 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3591 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3592 if (TagD && !Tag) 3593 return nullptr; 3594 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3595 } 3596 3597 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3598 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3599 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3600 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3601 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3602 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3603 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3604 // or an explicit specialization. 3605 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3606 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3607 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3608 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3609 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3610 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4) 3611 << SS.getRange(); 3612 return nullptr; 3613 } 3614 3615 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3616 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3617 3618 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3619 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3620 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3621 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3622 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3623 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3624 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 3625 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3626 3627 DeclaresAnything = false; 3628 } 3629 } 3630 3631 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3632 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3633 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3634 // 3635 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3636 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3637 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3638 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3639 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3640 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3641 // struct STRUCT; 3642 // union UNION; 3643 // and 3644 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3645 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3646 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3647 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3648 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3649 if (Tag) 3650 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3651 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3652 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3653 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3654 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3655 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3656 3657 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3658 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3659 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3660 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3661 } 3662 3663 DeclaresAnything = false; 3664 } 3665 } 3666 3667 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3668 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3669 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3670 return TagD; 3671 3672 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3673 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3674 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3675 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3676 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3677 DeclaresAnything = false; 3678 3679 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3680 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3681 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3682 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3683 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3684 else 3685 DeclaresAnything = false; 3686 } 3687 3688 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3689 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3690 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3691 << Tag->getTagKind() 3692 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3693 3694 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3695 3696 // C 6.7/2: 3697 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3698 // or the members of an enumeration. 3699 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3700 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3701 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3702 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3703 // previous declaration. 3704 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3705 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3706 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3707 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3708 return TagD; 3709 } 3710 3711 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3712 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3713 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3714 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3715 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3716 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3717 // 3718 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3719 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3720 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3721 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3722 3723 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3724 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3725 // useless. 3726 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 3727 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 3728 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 3729 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 3730 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3731 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3732 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3733 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3734 } 3735 3736 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3737 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3738 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3739 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3740 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3741 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3742 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3743 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3744 // Restrict is covered above. 3745 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3746 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3747 } 3748 3749 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3750 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3751 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3752 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3753 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3754 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3755 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3756 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3757 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3758 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3759 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 3760 while (attrs) { 3761 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3762 << attrs->getName() 3763 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3764 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3765 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3766 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 3767 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 3768 } 3769 } 3770 } 3771 3772 return TagD; 3773 } 3774 3775 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3776 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3777 /// 3778 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3779 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3780 Scope *S, 3781 DeclContext *Owner, 3782 DeclarationName Name, 3783 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3784 unsigned diagnostic) { 3785 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3786 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3787 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3788 3789 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3790 return false; 3791 3792 // Pick a representative declaration. 3793 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3794 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3795 3796 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3797 return false; 3798 3799 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3800 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3801 3802 return true; 3803 } 3804 3805 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3806 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3807 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3808 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3809 /// struct, e.g., 3810 /// 3811 /// @code 3812 /// union { 3813 /// int i; 3814 /// float f; 3815 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3816 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3817 /// @endcode 3818 /// 3819 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3820 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3821 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3822 DeclContext *Owner, 3823 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3824 AccessSpecifier AS, 3825 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 3826 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3827 unsigned diagKind 3828 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3829 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3830 3831 bool Invalid = false; 3832 3833 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3834 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 3835 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 3836 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 3837 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 3838 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3839 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3840 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3841 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3842 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3843 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3844 Invalid = true; 3845 } else { 3846 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3847 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3848 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3849 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3850 // anonymous union is declared. 3851 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3852 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3853 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 3854 else 3855 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3856 3857 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3858 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3859 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3860 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3861 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3862 3863 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 3864 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 3865 VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3866 3867 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 3868 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 3869 3870 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3871 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3872 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3873 3874 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3875 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3876 3877 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3878 } 3879 } 3880 } 3881 3882 return Invalid; 3883 } 3884 3885 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3886 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3887 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3888 static StorageClass 3889 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3890 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3891 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3892 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3893 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3894 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3895 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3896 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3897 return SC_None; 3898 return SC_Extern; 3899 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3900 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3901 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3902 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3903 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3904 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3905 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3906 } 3907 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3908 } 3909 3910 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 3911 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 3912 3913 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 3914 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 3915 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 3916 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 3917 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 3918 return FD->getLocation(); 3919 } 3920 3921 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 3922 } 3923 3924 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3925 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 3926 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3927 return; 3928 3929 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 3930 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 3931 } 3932 3933 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3934 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 3935 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3936 return; 3937 3938 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 3939 } 3940 3941 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3942 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3943 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3944 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3945 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3946 AccessSpecifier AS, 3947 RecordDecl *Record, 3948 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 3949 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3950 3951 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3952 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3953 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3954 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3955 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3956 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3957 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3958 3959 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3960 // structs/unions. 3961 bool Invalid = false; 3962 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3963 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 3964 unsigned DiagID; 3965 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3966 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3967 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3968 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3969 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3970 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3971 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3972 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3973 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3974 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3975 3976 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3977 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3978 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 3979 } 3980 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3981 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3982 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3983 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3984 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3985 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3986 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3987 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3988 3989 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3990 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3991 SourceLocation(), 3992 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3993 } 3994 } 3995 3996 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3997 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3998 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3999 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4000 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4001 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4002 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4003 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4004 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4005 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4006 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4007 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4008 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4009 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4010 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4011 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4012 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4013 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4014 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4015 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4016 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4017 4018 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4019 } 4020 4021 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4022 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4023 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4024 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4025 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4026 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4027 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4028 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4029 // members (clause 11). 4030 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4031 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4032 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4033 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4034 Invalid = true; 4035 } 4036 4037 // C++ [class.union]p1 4038 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4039 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4040 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4041 // array of such objects. 4042 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4043 Invalid = true; 4044 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4045 // Any implicit members are fine. 4046 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4047 // This is a type that showed up in an 4048 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4049 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4050 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4051 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4052 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4053 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4054 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4055 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4056 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4057 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4058 else { 4059 // This is a nested type declaration. 4060 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4061 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4062 Invalid = true; 4063 } 4064 } else { 4065 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4066 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4067 // not part of standard C++. 4068 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4069 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4070 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4071 } 4072 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4073 // Any access specifier is fine. 4074 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4075 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4076 } else { 4077 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4078 // member. Complain about it. 4079 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4080 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4081 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4082 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4083 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4084 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4085 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4086 4087 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4088 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4089 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4090 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4091 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4092 else { 4093 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) 4094 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4095 Invalid = true; 4096 } 4097 } 4098 } 4099 4100 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4101 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4102 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4103 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4104 Owner->isRecord()) 4105 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4106 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4107 } 4108 4109 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4110 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4111 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4112 Invalid = true; 4113 } 4114 4115 // Mock up a declarator. 4116 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4117 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4118 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4119 4120 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4121 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4122 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4123 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4124 DS.getLocStart(), 4125 Record->getLocation(), 4126 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4127 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4128 TInfo, 4129 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4130 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4131 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4132 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4133 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4134 } else { 4135 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4136 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4137 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4138 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4139 // an error here 4140 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4141 Invalid = true; 4142 SC = SC_None; 4143 } 4144 4145 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4146 DS.getLocStart(), 4147 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4148 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4149 TInfo, SC); 4150 4151 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4152 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4153 // initializer: 4154 // union { int n = 0; }; 4155 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4156 } 4157 Anon->setImplicit(); 4158 4159 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4160 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4161 4162 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4163 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4164 // its members. 4165 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4166 4167 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4168 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4169 // purposes. 4170 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4171 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4172 4173 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 4174 Chain, false)) 4175 Invalid = true; 4176 4177 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4178 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4179 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4180 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4181 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4182 Context.setManglingNumber( 4183 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4184 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4185 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4186 } 4187 } 4188 } 4189 4190 if (Invalid) 4191 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4192 4193 return Anon; 4194 } 4195 4196 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4197 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4198 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4199 /// Example: 4200 /// 4201 /// struct A { int a; }; 4202 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4203 /// 4204 /// void foo() { 4205 /// B var; 4206 /// var.a = 3; 4207 /// } 4208 /// 4209 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4210 RecordDecl *Record) { 4211 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4212 4213 // Mock up a declarator. 4214 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4215 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4216 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4217 4218 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4219 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4220 4221 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4222 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4223 ParentDecl, 4224 DS.getLocStart(), 4225 DS.getLocStart(), 4226 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4227 RecTy, 4228 TInfo, 4229 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4230 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4231 Anon->setImplicit(); 4232 4233 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4234 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4235 4236 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4237 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4238 // purposes. 4239 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4240 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4241 4242 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4243 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4244 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4245 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4246 AS_none, Chain, true)) { 4247 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4248 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4249 } 4250 4251 return Anon; 4252 } 4253 4254 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4255 /// given Declarator. 4256 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4257 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4258 } 4259 4260 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4261 DeclarationNameInfo 4262 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4263 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4264 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4265 4266 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4267 4268 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4269 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4270 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4271 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4272 return NameInfo; 4273 4274 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4275 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4276 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4277 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4278 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4279 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4280 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4281 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4282 return NameInfo; 4283 4284 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4285 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4286 Name.Identifier)); 4287 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4288 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4289 return NameInfo; 4290 4291 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4292 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4293 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4294 if (Ty.isNull()) 4295 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4296 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4297 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4298 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4299 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4300 return NameInfo; 4301 } 4302 4303 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4304 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4305 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4306 if (Ty.isNull()) 4307 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4308 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4309 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4310 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4311 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4312 return NameInfo; 4313 } 4314 4315 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4316 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4317 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4318 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4319 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4320 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4321 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4322 4323 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4324 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4325 4326 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4327 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4328 // was qualified. 4329 4330 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4331 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4332 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4333 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4334 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4335 return NameInfo; 4336 } 4337 4338 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4339 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4340 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4341 if (Ty.isNull()) 4342 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4343 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4344 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4345 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4346 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4347 return NameInfo; 4348 } 4349 4350 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4351 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4352 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4353 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4354 } 4355 4356 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4357 4358 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4359 } 4360 4361 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4362 do { 4363 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4364 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4365 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4366 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4367 else 4368 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4369 } while (true); 4370 } 4371 4372 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4373 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4374 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4375 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4376 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4377 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4378 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4379 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4380 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4381 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4382 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4383 Params.clear(); 4384 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4385 return false; 4386 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4387 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4388 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4389 4390 // The parameter types are identical 4391 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4392 continue; 4393 4394 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4395 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4396 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4397 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4398 4399 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4400 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4401 Params.push_back(Idx); 4402 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4403 return false; 4404 } 4405 4406 return true; 4407 } 4408 4409 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4410 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4411 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4412 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4413 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4414 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4415 DeclarationName Name) { 4416 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4417 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4418 // - types which will become injected class names 4419 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4420 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4421 // few cases here. 4422 4423 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4424 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4425 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4426 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4427 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4428 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4429 // Grab the type from the parser. 4430 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4431 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4432 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4433 4434 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4435 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4436 // attached already. 4437 if (!TSI) 4438 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4439 4440 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4441 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4442 if (!TSI) return true; 4443 4444 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4445 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4446 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4447 break; 4448 } 4449 4450 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4451 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4452 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4453 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4454 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4455 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4456 break; 4457 } 4458 4459 default: 4460 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4461 break; 4462 } 4463 4464 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4465 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4466 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4467 4468 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4469 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4470 // pointer. 4471 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4472 continue; 4473 4474 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4475 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4476 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4477 return true; 4478 } 4479 4480 return false; 4481 } 4482 4483 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4484 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4485 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4486 4487 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4488 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4489 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4490 4491 return Dcl; 4492 } 4493 4494 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4495 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4496 /// name different from T: 4497 /// - every static data member of class T; 4498 /// - every member function of class T 4499 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4500 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4501 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4502 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4503 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4504 4505 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 4506 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4507 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4508 return true; 4509 } 4510 4511 return false; 4512 } 4513 4514 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4515 /// nested-name-specifier. 4516 /// 4517 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4518 /// 4519 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4520 /// resolves. 4521 /// 4522 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4523 /// 4524 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4525 /// 4526 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4527 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4528 DeclarationName Name, 4529 SourceLocation Loc) { 4530 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4531 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4532 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4533 4534 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4535 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4536 // 4537 // class X { 4538 // void X::f(); 4539 // }; 4540 // 4541 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4542 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4543 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4544 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4545 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4546 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4547 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4548 SS.clear(); 4549 } else { 4550 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4551 } 4552 return false; 4553 } 4554 4555 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4556 // declaration. 4557 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4558 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4559 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4560 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4561 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4562 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4563 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4564 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4565 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4566 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4567 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4568 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4569 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4570 else 4571 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4572 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4573 4574 return true; 4575 } 4576 4577 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4578 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4579 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4580 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4581 SS.clear(); 4582 4583 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4584 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4585 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4586 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4587 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4588 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4589 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4590 return true; 4591 4592 return false; 4593 } 4594 4595 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4596 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4597 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4598 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4599 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4600 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4601 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4602 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4603 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4604 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4605 4606 return false; 4607 } 4608 4609 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4610 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4611 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4612 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4613 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4614 4615 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4616 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4617 if (!Name) { 4618 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4619 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4620 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4621 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4622 return nullptr; 4623 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4624 return nullptr; 4625 4626 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4627 // we find one that is. 4628 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4629 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4630 S = S->getParent(); 4631 4632 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4633 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4634 D.setInvalidType(); 4635 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4636 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4637 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4638 return nullptr; 4639 4640 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4641 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4642 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4643 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4644 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4645 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4646 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4647 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4648 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4649 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4650 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4651 return nullptr; 4652 } 4653 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4654 4655 if (!IsDependentContext && 4656 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4657 return nullptr; 4658 4659 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4660 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4661 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4662 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4663 D.setInvalidType(); 4664 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4665 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4666 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4667 if (DC->isRecord()) 4668 return nullptr; 4669 4670 D.setInvalidType(); 4671 } 4672 } 4673 4674 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4675 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4676 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4677 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4678 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4679 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4680 D.setInvalidType(); 4681 } 4682 } 4683 4684 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4685 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4686 // Just return early; it's safer. 4687 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4688 return nullptr; 4689 4690 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4691 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4692 4693 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4694 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4695 D.setInvalidType(); 4696 4697 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4698 ForRedeclaration); 4699 4700 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4701 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4702 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4703 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4704 4705 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4706 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4707 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4708 // 4709 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4710 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4711 // the same name. 4712 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4713 /* Do nothing*/; 4714 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4715 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4716 R->isFunctionType())) { 4717 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4718 CreateBuiltins = 4719 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4720 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4721 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4722 CreateBuiltins = true; 4723 4724 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4725 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4726 4727 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4728 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4729 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4730 4731 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4732 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4733 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4734 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4735 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4736 // thereof; [...] 4737 // 4738 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4739 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4740 // we want to match. For example, given: 4741 // 4742 // class X { 4743 // void f(); 4744 // void f(float); 4745 // }; 4746 // 4747 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4748 // 4749 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4750 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4751 // matches. 4752 4753 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4754 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4755 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4756 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4757 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4758 } 4759 4760 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4761 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4762 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4763 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4764 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4765 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4766 4767 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4768 Previous.clear(); 4769 } 4770 4771 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4772 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4773 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4774 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4775 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4776 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4777 Previous.clear(); 4778 4779 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4780 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4781 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4782 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4783 4784 NamedDecl *New; 4785 4786 bool AddToScope = true; 4787 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4788 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4789 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4790 return nullptr; 4791 } 4792 4793 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4794 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4795 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4796 TemplateParamLists, 4797 AddToScope); 4798 } else { 4799 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4800 AddToScope); 4801 } 4802 4803 if (!New) 4804 return nullptr; 4805 4806 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4807 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4808 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4809 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 4810 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 4811 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 4812 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 4813 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 4814 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 4815 if (!AddToContext) 4816 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 4817 } 4818 4819 return New; 4820 } 4821 4822 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4823 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4824 /// GCC compatibility). 4825 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4826 ASTContext &Context, 4827 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4828 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4829 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4830 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4831 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4832 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4833 SizeIsNegative = false; 4834 Oversized = 0; 4835 4836 if (T->isDependentType()) 4837 return QualType(); 4838 4839 QualifierCollector Qs; 4840 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4841 4842 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4843 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4844 QualType FixedType = 4845 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4846 Oversized); 4847 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4848 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4849 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4850 } 4851 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4852 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4853 QualType FixedType = 4854 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4855 Oversized); 4856 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4857 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4858 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4859 } 4860 4861 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4862 if (!VLATy) 4863 return QualType(); 4864 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4865 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4866 return QualType(); 4867 4868 llvm::APSInt Res; 4869 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4870 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4871 return QualType(); 4872 4873 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4874 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4875 SizeIsNegative = true; 4876 return QualType(); 4877 } 4878 4879 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4880 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4881 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4882 Res); 4883 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4884 Oversized = Res; 4885 return QualType(); 4886 } 4887 4888 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4889 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4890 } 4891 4892 static void 4893 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4894 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 4895 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 4896 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 4897 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 4898 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 4899 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 4900 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 4901 return; 4902 } 4903 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 4904 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 4905 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 4906 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 4907 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 4908 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 4909 return; 4910 } 4911 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4912 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4913 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 4914 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 4915 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 4916 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 4917 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 4918 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 4919 } 4920 4921 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4922 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4923 /// GCC compatibility). 4924 static TypeSourceInfo* 4925 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4926 ASTContext &Context, 4927 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4928 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4929 QualType FixedTy 4930 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 4931 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4932 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 4933 return nullptr; 4934 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 4935 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 4936 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 4937 return FixedTInfo; 4938 } 4939 4940 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 4941 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 4942 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 4943 /// function-scope declarations. 4944 void 4945 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 4946 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4947 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 4948 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 4949 return; 4950 4951 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 4952 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 4953 } 4954 4955 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4956 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 4957 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 4958 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 4959 } 4960 4961 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4962 /// does not identify a function. 4963 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4964 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4965 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4966 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4967 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 4968 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4969 4970 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 4971 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4972 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4973 4974 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 4975 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4976 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4977 4978 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 4979 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 4980 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 4981 } 4982 4983 NamedDecl* 4984 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4985 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4986 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4987 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4988 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4989 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4990 D.setInvalidType(); 4991 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4992 DC = CurContext; 4993 Previous.clear(); 4994 } 4995 4996 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4997 4998 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4999 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5000 << 1; 5001 5002 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5003 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5004 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5005 return nullptr; 5006 } 5007 5008 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5009 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5010 5011 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5012 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5013 5014 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5015 5016 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5017 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5018 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5019 return ND; 5020 } 5021 5022 void 5023 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5024 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5025 // then it shall have block scope. 5026 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5027 // that redeclarations will match. 5028 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5029 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5030 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5031 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5032 5033 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5034 bool SizeIsNegative; 5035 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5036 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5037 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5038 SizeIsNegative, 5039 Oversized); 5040 if (FixedTInfo) { 5041 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5042 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5043 } else { 5044 if (SizeIsNegative) 5045 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5046 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5047 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5048 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5049 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5050 << Oversized.toString(10); 5051 else 5052 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5053 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5054 } 5055 } 5056 } 5057 } 5058 5059 5060 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5061 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5062 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5063 NamedDecl* 5064 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5065 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5066 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5067 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5068 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5069 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5070 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); 5071 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5072 Redeclaration = true; 5073 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 5074 } 5075 5076 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5077 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5078 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5079 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5080 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5081 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5082 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5083 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5084 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5085 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5086 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5087 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5088 } 5089 5090 return NewTD; 5091 } 5092 5093 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5094 /// previous declaration. 5095 /// 5096 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5097 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5098 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5099 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5100 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5101 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5102 /// 5103 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5104 /// lookup 5105 /// 5106 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5107 /// declared. 5108 /// 5109 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5110 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5111 static bool 5112 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5113 ASTContext &Context) { 5114 if (!PrevDecl) 5115 return false; 5116 5117 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5118 return false; 5119 5120 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5121 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5122 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5123 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5124 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5125 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5126 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5127 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5128 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5129 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5130 return false; 5131 5132 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5133 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5134 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5135 return false; 5136 5137 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5138 // previous declarations. 5139 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5140 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5141 5142 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5143 // isn't the same function. 5144 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5145 return false; 5146 } 5147 5148 return true; 5149 } 5150 5151 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5152 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5153 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5154 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5155 } 5156 5157 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5158 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5159 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5160 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5161 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5162 unsigned kind = -1U; 5163 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5164 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5165 kind = 0; // __block 5166 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5167 kind = 1; // global 5168 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5169 kind = 3; // ivar 5170 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5171 kind = 2; // field 5172 } 5173 5174 if (kind != -1U) { 5175 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5176 << kind; 5177 } 5178 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5179 // Try to infer lifetime. 5180 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5181 return false; 5182 5183 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5184 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5185 decl->setType(type); 5186 } 5187 5188 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5189 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5190 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5191 var->getTLSKind()) { 5192 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5193 << var->getType(); 5194 return true; 5195 } 5196 } 5197 5198 return false; 5199 } 5200 5201 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5202 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5203 // the wrong linkage. 5204 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5205 5206 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5207 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5208 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5209 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5210 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5211 } 5212 } 5213 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5214 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5215 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5216 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5217 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5218 } 5219 } 5220 5221 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5222 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5223 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5224 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5225 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5226 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD; 5227 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5228 } 5229 } 5230 } 5231 5232 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations. 5233 // It does not apply to functions. 5234 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5235 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5236 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5237 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5238 } 5239 } 5240 5241 // dll attributes require external linkage. 5242 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5243 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5244 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5245 << &ND << Attr; 5246 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5247 } 5248 } 5249 } 5250 5251 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5252 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5253 bool IsSpecialization) { 5254 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 5255 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5256 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5257 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5258 5259 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5260 return; 5261 5262 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5263 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5264 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5265 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5266 5267 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5268 // inherited attribute instances. 5269 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5270 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5271 5272 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5273 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5274 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5275 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5276 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5277 5278 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5279 // If the declaration hasn't been used yet, allow with a warning for 5280 // free functions and global variables. 5281 bool JustWarn = false; 5282 if (!OldDecl->isUsed() && !OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5283 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5284 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5285 JustWarn = true; 5286 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5287 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5288 JustWarn = true; 5289 } 5290 5291 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5292 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5293 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5294 << NewDecl 5295 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5296 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5297 if (!JustWarn) { 5298 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5299 return; 5300 } 5301 } 5302 5303 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5304 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5305 // and qualified friend declarations. 5306 // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport. 5307 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5308 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) 5309 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5310 // separately. 5311 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5312 else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5313 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5314 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5315 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5316 } 5317 5318 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5319 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5320 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5321 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5322 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5323 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5324 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5325 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5326 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5327 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && 5328 !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 5329 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5330 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5331 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5332 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5333 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5334 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5335 } 5336 } 5337 5338 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5339 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5340 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5341 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5342 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5343 5344 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5345 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5346 5347 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5348 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5349 return false; 5350 5351 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5352 5353 #ifndef NDEBUG 5354 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5355 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5356 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5357 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5358 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5359 #endif 5360 5361 bool isC99Inline = 5362 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5363 5364 #ifndef NDEBUG 5365 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5366 #endif 5367 5368 return isC99Inline; 5369 } 5370 5371 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5372 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5373 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5374 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5375 /// 5376 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5377 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5378 /// 5379 /// For instance: 5380 /// 5381 /// auto x = []{}; 5382 /// 5383 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5384 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5385 /// 5386 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5387 template<typename T> 5388 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5389 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5390 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5391 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5392 return false; 5393 } 5394 return D->isExternC(); 5395 } 5396 5397 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5398 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5399 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5400 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5401 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5402 return true; 5403 if (DC->isRecord()) 5404 return false; 5405 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5406 } 5407 5408 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5409 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5410 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5411 return true; 5412 if (DC->isRecord()) 5413 return false; 5414 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5415 } 5416 5417 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5418 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5419 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5420 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5421 return true; 5422 return false; 5423 } 5424 5425 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5426 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5427 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5428 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5429 return true; 5430 5431 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5432 // position to the decl itself. 5433 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5434 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5435 return true; 5436 } 5437 5438 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5439 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5440 } 5441 5442 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5443 /// function-local external declaration. 5444 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5445 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5446 return false; 5447 5448 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5449 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5450 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5451 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5452 return true; 5453 5454 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5455 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5456 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5457 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5458 // 5459 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5460 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5461 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5462 DC = DC->getParent(); 5463 return true; 5464 } 5465 5466 NamedDecl * 5467 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5468 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5469 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5470 bool &AddToScope) { 5471 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5472 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5473 5474 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5475 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5476 5477 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5478 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5479 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5480 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5481 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5482 SC = SC_Extern; 5483 5484 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5485 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5486 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5487 5488 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5489 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5490 QualType NR = R; 5491 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5492 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5493 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5494 D.setInvalidType(); 5495 break; 5496 } 5497 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5498 } 5499 5500 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5501 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5502 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5503 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5504 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5505 D.setInvalidType(); 5506 } 5507 } 5508 } 5509 5510 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5511 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5512 // an error here 5513 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5514 D.setInvalidType(); 5515 SC = SC_None; 5516 } 5517 5518 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5519 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5520 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5521 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5522 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5523 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5524 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5525 diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5526 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5527 } 5528 5529 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5530 if (!II) { 5531 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5532 << Name; 5533 return nullptr; 5534 } 5535 5536 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5537 5538 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5539 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5540 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5541 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5542 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5543 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5544 D.setInvalidType(); 5545 } 5546 } 5547 5548 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5549 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 5550 // OpenCL __local address space. 5551 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 5552 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 5553 } 5554 5555 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5556 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5557 // space qualifiers. 5558 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5559 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5560 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5561 } 5562 5563 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5564 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5565 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5566 // address space qualifiers. 5567 if (R->isEventT()) { 5568 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5569 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5570 D.setInvalidType(); 5571 } 5572 5573 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5574 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5575 D.setInvalidType(); 5576 } 5577 } 5578 } 5579 5580 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5581 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5582 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5583 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5584 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5585 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5586 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5587 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5588 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5589 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5590 R, TInfo, SC); 5591 5592 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5593 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5594 } else { 5595 bool Invalid = false; 5596 5597 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5598 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5599 switch (SC) { 5600 case SC_None: 5601 break; 5602 case SC_Static: 5603 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5604 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5605 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5606 break; 5607 case SC_Auto: 5608 case SC_Register: 5609 case SC_Extern: 5610 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5611 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5612 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5613 // of class members 5614 5615 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5616 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5617 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5618 break; 5619 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5620 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5621 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5622 llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!"); 5623 } 5624 } 5625 5626 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5627 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5628 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5629 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5630 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5631 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5632 5633 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5634 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5635 if (RD->isUnion()) 5636 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5637 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5638 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5639 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5640 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5641 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5642 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5643 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5644 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5645 } 5646 } 5647 5648 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5649 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5650 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5651 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5652 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5653 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 5654 ? D.getName().TemplateId 5655 : nullptr, 5656 TemplateParamLists, 5657 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5658 5659 if (TemplateParams) { 5660 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5661 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5662 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5663 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5664 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5665 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5666 << II 5667 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5668 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5669 TemplateParams = nullptr; 5670 } else { 5671 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5672 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5673 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5674 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5675 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5676 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5677 // This is a template declaration. 5678 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5679 5680 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5681 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5682 return nullptr; 5683 5684 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5685 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5686 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 5687 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5688 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5689 } 5690 } 5691 } else { 5692 assert( 5693 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 5694 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 5695 } 5696 5697 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5698 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5699 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5700 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5701 : SourceLocation(); 5702 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5703 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5704 IsPartialSpecialization); 5705 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5706 return nullptr; 5707 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5708 AddToScope = false; 5709 } else 5710 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5711 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5712 5713 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5714 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5715 NewTemplate = 5716 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5717 TemplateParams, NewVD); 5718 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5719 } 5720 5721 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5722 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5723 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5724 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5725 5726 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 5727 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5728 if (NewTemplate) 5729 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5730 } 5731 5732 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5733 5734 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 5735 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 5736 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 5737 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 5738 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5739 Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists, 5740 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5741 5742 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5743 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5744 } 5745 5746 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5747 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5748 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5749 if (NewTemplate) 5750 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5751 5752 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 5753 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 5754 5755 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 5756 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 5757 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 5758 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 5759 // explicitly. 5760 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 5761 // 'extern'. 5762 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 5763 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 5764 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 5765 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 5766 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5767 diag::err_thread_non_global) 5768 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5769 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 5770 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5771 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5772 else 5773 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5774 } 5775 5776 // C99 6.7.4p3 5777 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 5778 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 5779 // thread storage duration... 5780 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 5781 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 5782 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 5783 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 5784 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 5785 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5786 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 5787 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 5788 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 5789 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5790 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 5791 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 5792 } 5793 } 5794 5795 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5796 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5797 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5798 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 5799 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5800 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5801 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 5802 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5803 << 2 5804 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5805 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 5806 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 5807 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 5808 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 5809 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5810 else { 5811 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 5812 if (NewTemplate) 5813 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5814 } 5815 } 5816 5817 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5818 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 5819 5820 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5821 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 5822 // storage [duration]." 5823 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5824 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 5825 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 5826 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 5827 } 5828 } 5829 5830 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 5831 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 5832 // check the VarDecl itself. 5833 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 5834 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 5835 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 5836 5837 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 5838 // retainable type. 5839 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 5840 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5841 5842 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5843 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 5844 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5845 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5846 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 5847 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 5848 switch (SC) { 5849 case SC_None: 5850 case SC_Auto: 5851 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 5852 break; 5853 case SC_Register: 5854 // Local Named register 5855 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5856 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5857 break; 5858 case SC_Static: 5859 case SC_Extern: 5860 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5861 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5862 break; 5863 } 5864 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 5865 // Global Named register 5866 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5867 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5868 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 5869 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 5870 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5871 } 5872 } 5873 5874 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 5875 Context, Label, 0)); 5876 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5877 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5878 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 5879 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5880 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 5881 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5882 } 5883 } 5884 5885 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 5886 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 5887 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 5888 5889 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 5890 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 5891 // declaration has linkage). 5892 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 5893 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 5894 IsExplicitSpecialization || 5895 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 5896 5897 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 5898 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 5899 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5900 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 5901 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 5902 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 5903 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 5904 5905 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5906 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5907 } else { 5908 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 5909 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5910 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 5911 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5912 5913 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 5914 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5915 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5916 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 5917 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5918 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 5919 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5920 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 5921 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5922 Previous.clear(); 5923 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5924 } 5925 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5926 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 5927 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 5928 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 5929 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5930 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5931 } 5932 5933 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5934 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5935 5936 if (NewTemplate) { 5937 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 5938 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 5939 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 5940 : nullptr; 5941 5942 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 5943 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 5944 // template declaration. 5945 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 5946 TemplateParams, 5947 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 5948 : nullptr, 5949 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 5950 DC->isDependentContext()) 5951 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5952 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 5953 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5954 5955 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 5956 // template, make a note of that. 5957 if (PrevVarTemplate && 5958 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 5959 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 5960 } 5961 } 5962 5963 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 5964 5965 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 5966 // the map of such variables. 5967 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5968 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 5969 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 5970 5971 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5972 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 5973 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 5974 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 5975 Context.setManglingNumber( 5976 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 5977 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 5978 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 5979 } 5980 } 5981 5982 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 5983 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 5984 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 5985 IsExplicitSpecialization); 5986 } 5987 5988 if (NewTemplate) { 5989 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5990 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5991 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 5992 return NewTemplate; 5993 } 5994 5995 return NewVD; 5996 } 5997 5998 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 5999 /// -Wshadow. 6000 /// 6001 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6002 /// scope. 6003 /// 6004 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 6005 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6006 /// 6007 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 6008 // Return if warning is ignored. 6009 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 6010 return; 6011 6012 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6013 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6014 return; 6015 6016 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6017 6018 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6019 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6020 return; 6021 6022 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6023 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6024 return; 6025 6026 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6027 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6028 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6029 if (MD->isStatic()) 6030 return; 6031 6032 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6033 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6034 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6035 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6036 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6037 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6038 ShadowedDecl = I; 6039 break; 6040 } 6041 } 6042 6043 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6044 6045 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6046 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6047 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6048 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6049 return; 6050 6051 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6052 // static data members from base classes? 6053 6054 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6055 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6056 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6057 } 6058 6059 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6060 unsigned Kind; 6061 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 6062 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6063 Kind = 3; // field 6064 else 6065 Kind = 2; // static data member 6066 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 6067 Kind = 1; // global 6068 else 6069 Kind = 0; // local 6070 6071 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6072 6073 // Emit warning and note. 6074 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6075 return; 6076 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6077 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6078 } 6079 6080 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6081 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6082 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6083 return; 6084 6085 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6086 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6087 LookupName(R, S); 6088 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 6089 } 6090 6091 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6092 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6093 template<typename T> 6094 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6095 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6096 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6097 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6098 6099 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6100 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6101 // declaration. 6102 return false; 6103 } 6104 6105 if (Prev) { 6106 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6107 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6108 // redeclaration. 6109 Previous.clear(); 6110 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6111 return true; 6112 } 6113 6114 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6115 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6116 // declaration. 6117 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6118 return false; 6119 } else { 6120 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6121 // translation unit which might conflict. 6122 if (IsGlobal) { 6123 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6124 IsGlobal = false; 6125 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6126 I != E; ++I) { 6127 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6128 Prev = *I; 6129 break; 6130 } 6131 } 6132 } else { 6133 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6134 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6135 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6136 I != E; ++I) { 6137 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6138 Prev = *I; 6139 break; 6140 } 6141 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6142 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6143 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6144 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6145 // diagnostic. 6146 } 6147 } 6148 6149 if (!Prev) 6150 return false; 6151 } 6152 6153 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6154 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6155 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6156 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6157 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6158 else 6159 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6160 6161 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6162 << IsGlobal << ND; 6163 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6164 << IsGlobal; 6165 return false; 6166 } 6167 6168 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6169 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6170 /// 6171 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6172 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6173 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6174 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6175 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6176 template<typename T> 6177 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6178 LookupResult &Previous) { 6179 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6180 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6181 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6182 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6183 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6184 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6185 Previous.clear(); 6186 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6187 return true; 6188 } 6189 } 6190 return false; 6191 } 6192 6193 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6194 // declaration. 6195 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6196 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6197 6198 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6199 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6200 // in another scope. 6201 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6202 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6203 6204 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6205 return false; 6206 } 6207 6208 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6209 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6210 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6211 return; 6212 6213 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6214 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6215 6216 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6217 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6218 return; 6219 6220 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6221 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6222 6223 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6224 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6225 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6226 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6227 NewVD->setType(T); 6228 } 6229 6230 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6231 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6232 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6233 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6234 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6235 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6236 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6237 return; 6238 } 6239 6240 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6241 // __constant address space. 6242 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 6243 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 6244 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 6245 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 6246 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6247 return; 6248 } 6249 6250 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 6251 // scope. 6252 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6253 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6254 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6255 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6256 return; 6257 } 6258 6259 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6260 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6261 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6262 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6263 else { 6264 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6265 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6266 } 6267 } 6268 6269 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6270 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6271 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6272 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6273 6274 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6275 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6276 bool SizeIsNegative; 6277 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6278 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6279 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6280 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6281 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6282 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6283 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6284 // int a[10][n]; 6285 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6286 6287 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6288 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6289 << SizeRange; 6290 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6291 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6292 << SizeRange; 6293 else 6294 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6295 << SizeRange; 6296 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6297 return; 6298 } 6299 6300 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6301 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6302 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6303 else 6304 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6305 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6306 return; 6307 } 6308 6309 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6310 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6311 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6312 } 6313 6314 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6315 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6316 // of objects and functions. 6317 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6318 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6319 << T; 6320 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6321 return; 6322 } 6323 } 6324 6325 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6326 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6327 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6328 return; 6329 } 6330 6331 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6332 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6333 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6334 return; 6335 } 6336 6337 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6338 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6339 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6340 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6341 return; 6342 } 6343 } 6344 6345 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6346 /// declaration. 6347 /// 6348 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6349 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6350 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6351 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6352 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6353 /// 6354 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6355 /// 6356 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6357 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6358 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6359 6360 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6361 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6362 return false; 6363 6364 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6365 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6366 if (Previous.empty() && 6367 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6368 Previous.setShadowed(); 6369 6370 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 6371 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); 6372 6373 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6374 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6375 return true; 6376 } 6377 return false; 6378 } 6379 6380 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 6381 struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 6382 Sema *S; 6383 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 6384 }; 6385 6386 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 6387 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 6388 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 6389 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 6390 CXXBasePath &Path, 6391 void *UserData) { 6392 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6393 6394 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 6395 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 6396 6397 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 6398 6399 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 6400 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6401 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 6402 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 6403 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 6404 6405 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 6406 } 6407 6408 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 6409 !Path.Decls.empty(); 6410 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 6411 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 6412 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 6413 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 6414 return true; 6415 } 6416 } 6417 6418 return false; 6419 } 6420 6421 namespace { 6422 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 6423 } 6424 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 6425 /// overriden methods. 6426 /// 6427 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 6428 /// \param MD the overriding method. 6429 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 6430 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 6431 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 6432 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 6433 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 6434 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 6435 I != E; ++I) { 6436 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 6437 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 6438 // out the diag loop 3 times. 6439 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 6440 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 6441 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 6442 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6443 } 6444 } 6445 6446 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 6447 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 6448 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 6449 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 6450 CXXBasePaths Paths; 6451 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 6452 Data.Method = MD; 6453 Data.S = this; 6454 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6455 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6456 bool AddedAny = false; 6457 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 6458 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 6459 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 6460 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 6461 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 6462 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 6463 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 6464 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 6465 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 6466 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 6467 AddedAny = true; 6468 } 6469 } 6470 } 6471 } 6472 6473 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 6474 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 6475 } 6476 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 6477 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 6478 } 6479 6480 return AddedAny; 6481 } 6482 6483 namespace { 6484 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 6485 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 6486 struct ActOnFDArgs { 6487 Scope *S; 6488 Declarator &D; 6489 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 6490 bool AddToScope; 6491 }; 6492 } 6493 6494 namespace { 6495 6496 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 6497 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 6498 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 6499 public: 6500 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 6501 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 6502 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 6503 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 6504 6505 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 6506 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 6507 return false; 6508 6509 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6510 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 6511 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 6512 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6513 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6514 6515 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6516 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6517 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6518 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 6519 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 6520 return true; 6521 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 6522 return true; 6523 } 6524 } 6525 } 6526 6527 return false; 6528 } 6529 6530 private: 6531 ASTContext &Context; 6532 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6533 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6534 }; 6535 6536 } 6537 6538 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6539 /// 6540 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6541 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6542 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6543 /// the same name. 6544 /// 6545 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6546 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6547 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6548 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6549 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6550 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6551 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6552 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6553 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6554 TypoCorrection Correction; 6555 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6556 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6557 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6558 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6559 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6560 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6561 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6562 6563 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6564 if (IsLocalFriend) 6565 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6566 else 6567 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 6568 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 6569 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 6570 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6571 if (!Prev.empty()) { 6572 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 6573 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 6574 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 6575 if (FD && 6576 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6577 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 6578 // involve a parameter 6579 unsigned ParamNum = 6580 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 6581 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 6582 } 6583 } 6584 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 6585 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 6586 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 6587 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6588 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 6589 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 6590 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 6591 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 6592 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 6593 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6594 Previous.clear(); 6595 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 6596 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 6597 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 6598 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6599 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6600 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6601 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6602 Previous.addDecl(FD); 6603 } 6604 } 6605 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 6606 6607 NamedDecl *Result; 6608 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 6609 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 6610 { 6611 // Trap errors. 6612 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6613 6614 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 6615 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 6616 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 6617 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 6618 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 6619 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 6620 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 6621 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 6622 6623 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 6624 Result = nullptr; 6625 } 6626 6627 if (Result) { 6628 // Determine which correction we picked. 6629 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 6630 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6631 I != E; ++I) 6632 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 6633 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 6634 6635 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 6636 Correction, 6637 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 6638 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6639 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 6640 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 6641 return Result; 6642 } 6643 6644 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 6645 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 6646 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6647 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 6648 Previous.clear(); 6649 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 6650 } 6651 6652 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6653 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 6654 6655 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6656 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6657 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6658 6659 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6660 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6661 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6662 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 6663 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6664 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 6665 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 6666 6667 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 6668 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 6669 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 6670 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 6671 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 6672 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 6673 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 6674 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 6675 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 6676 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 6677 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 6678 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6679 } else 6680 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6681 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 6682 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 6683 } 6684 return nullptr; 6685 } 6686 6687 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 6688 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 6689 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 6690 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 6691 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 6692 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 6693 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6694 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 6695 D.setInvalidType(); 6696 break; 6697 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 6698 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 6699 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 6700 return SC_None; 6701 return SC_Extern; 6702 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 6703 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6704 // C99 6.7.1p5: 6705 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 6706 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 6707 // other than extern 6708 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 6709 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6710 diag::err_static_block_func); 6711 break; 6712 } else 6713 return SC_Static; 6714 } 6715 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 6716 } 6717 6718 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 6719 return SC_None; 6720 } 6721 6722 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 6723 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 6724 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6725 StorageClass SC, 6726 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 6727 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6728 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6729 6730 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 6731 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6732 6733 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6734 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6735 // prototype. This true when: 6736 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 6737 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 6738 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 6739 bool HasPrototype = 6740 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 6741 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 6742 6743 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6744 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6745 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6746 HasPrototype, false); 6747 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6748 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6749 6750 return NewFD; 6751 } 6752 6753 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6754 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6755 6756 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 6757 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6758 // the class has been completely parsed. 6759 if (!DC->isRecord() && 6760 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 6761 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 6762 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 6763 D.setInvalidType(); 6764 6765 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 6766 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 6767 assert(DC->isRecord() && 6768 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 6769 6770 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6771 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6772 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6773 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 6774 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 6775 isConstexpr); 6776 6777 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6778 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 6779 if (DC->isRecord()) { 6780 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6781 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 6782 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 6783 SemaRef.Context, Record, 6784 D.getLocStart(), 6785 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 6786 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 6787 6788 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 6789 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 6790 // it yet. 6791 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 6792 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 6793 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 6794 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 6795 } 6796 6797 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6798 return NewDD; 6799 6800 } else { 6801 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 6802 D.setInvalidType(); 6803 6804 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 6805 // code path. 6806 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6807 D.getLocStart(), 6808 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 6809 SC, isInline, 6810 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 6811 } 6812 6813 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 6814 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 6815 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6816 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 6817 return nullptr; 6818 } 6819 6820 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6821 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6822 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6823 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6824 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 6825 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6826 6827 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 6828 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 6829 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 6830 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 6831 // constructor if it has no return type). 6832 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 6833 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 6834 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 6835 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 6836 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6837 return nullptr; 6838 } 6839 6840 // This is a C++ method declaration. 6841 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 6842 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6843 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6844 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6845 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6846 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 6847 return Ret; 6848 } else { 6849 bool isFriend = 6850 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 6851 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 6852 return nullptr; 6853 6854 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6855 // prototype. This true when: 6856 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 6857 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6858 D.getLocStart(), 6859 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 6860 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 6861 } 6862 } 6863 6864 enum OpenCLParamType { 6865 ValidKernelParam, 6866 PtrPtrKernelParam, 6867 PtrKernelParam, 6868 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 6869 InvalidKernelParam, 6870 RecordKernelParam 6871 }; 6872 6873 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 6874 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 6875 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 6876 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 6877 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 6878 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 6879 : PtrKernelParam; 6880 } 6881 6882 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 6883 // be used as builtin types. 6884 6885 if (PT->isImageType()) 6886 return PtrKernelParam; 6887 6888 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 6889 return InvalidKernelParam; 6890 6891 if (PT->isEventT()) 6892 return InvalidKernelParam; 6893 6894 if (PT->isHalfType()) 6895 return InvalidKernelParam; 6896 6897 if (PT->isRecordType()) 6898 return RecordKernelParam; 6899 6900 return ValidKernelParam; 6901 } 6902 6903 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 6904 Sema &S, 6905 Declarator &D, 6906 ParmVarDecl *Param, 6907 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 6908 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 6909 6910 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 6911 // used again 6912 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 6913 return; 6914 6915 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 6916 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 6917 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6918 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6919 // pointer to a pointer type. 6920 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 6921 D.setInvalidType(); 6922 return; 6923 6924 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 6925 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6926 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6927 // pointer to the private address space. 6928 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 6929 D.setInvalidType(); 6930 return; 6931 6932 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 6933 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 6934 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 6935 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 6936 // one of these built-in scalar types. 6937 6938 case InvalidKernelParam: 6939 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 6940 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 6941 // of event_t type. 6942 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6943 D.setInvalidType(); 6944 return; 6945 6946 case PtrKernelParam: 6947 case ValidKernelParam: 6948 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 6949 return; 6950 6951 case RecordKernelParam: 6952 break; 6953 } 6954 6955 // Track nested structs we will inspect 6956 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 6957 6958 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 6959 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 6960 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 6961 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 6962 6963 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6964 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 6965 6966 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 6967 6968 do { 6969 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 6970 if (!Next) { 6971 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 6972 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 6973 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 6974 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 6975 6976 continue; 6977 } 6978 6979 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 6980 // field itself) to the history stack. 6981 const RecordDecl *RD; 6982 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 6983 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 6984 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6985 } else { 6986 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 6987 } 6988 6989 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 6990 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 6991 6992 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 6993 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 6994 6995 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 6996 continue; 6997 6998 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 6999 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7000 continue; 7001 7002 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7003 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7004 continue; 7005 } 7006 7007 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7008 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7009 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7010 // union. 7011 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7012 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 7013 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7014 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7015 << PT->isUnionType() 7016 << PT; 7017 } else { 7018 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7019 } 7020 7021 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7022 << PD->getDeclName(); 7023 7024 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7025 // the offending field came from 7026 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7027 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7028 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7029 I != E; ++I) { 7030 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7031 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7032 << OuterField->getType(); 7033 } 7034 7035 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7036 << QT->isPointerType() 7037 << QT; 7038 D.setInvalidType(); 7039 return; 7040 } 7041 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7042 } 7043 7044 NamedDecl* 7045 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7046 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7047 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7048 bool &AddToScope) { 7049 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7050 7051 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7052 7053 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7054 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7055 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7056 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7057 7058 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7059 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7060 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7061 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7062 7063 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7064 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember()); 7065 7066 bool isFriend = false; 7067 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7068 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7069 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7070 7071 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7072 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7073 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7074 7075 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7076 7077 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7078 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7079 7080 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7081 isVirtualOkay); 7082 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7083 7084 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7085 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7086 7087 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 7088 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 7089 // context will be different from the semantic context. 7090 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7091 7092 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 7093 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7094 7095 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7096 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7097 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 7098 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7099 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7100 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7101 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7102 // C++ [class.friend]p5 7103 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 7104 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 7105 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7106 } 7107 7108 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 7109 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 7110 // return true). 7111 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 7112 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 7113 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 7114 NewFD->setPure(true); 7115 } 7116 7117 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 7118 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7119 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7120 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7121 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7122 7123 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7124 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7125 bool Invalid = false; 7126 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 7127 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 7128 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7129 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7130 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 7131 ? D.getName().TemplateId 7132 : nullptr, 7133 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 7134 Invalid)) { 7135 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7136 // This is a function template 7137 7138 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7139 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7140 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7141 7142 // A destructor cannot be a template. 7143 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7144 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7145 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7146 } 7147 7148 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7149 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7150 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7151 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7152 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7153 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7154 Invalid = true; 7155 } 7156 7157 7158 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7159 NewFD->getLocation(), 7160 Name, TemplateParams, 7161 NewFD); 7162 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7163 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7164 7165 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7166 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7167 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7168 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 7169 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7170 } 7171 } else { 7172 // This is a function template specialization. 7173 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7174 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7175 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7176 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7177 TemplateParamLists.size(), 7178 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7179 7180 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7181 if (isFriend) { 7182 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7183 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7184 7185 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7186 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7187 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7188 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7189 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7190 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7191 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7192 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7193 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7194 } 7195 7196 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7197 << Name << RemoveRange 7198 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7199 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7200 } 7201 } 7202 } 7203 else { 7204 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7205 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7206 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7207 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7208 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7209 TemplateParamLists.size(), 7210 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7211 } 7212 7213 if (Invalid) { 7214 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7215 if (FunctionTemplate) 7216 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7217 } 7218 7219 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7220 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7221 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7222 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7223 // 7224 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7225 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7226 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7227 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7228 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7229 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7230 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7231 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7232 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7233 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7234 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7235 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7236 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7237 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7238 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7239 } else { 7240 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7241 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7242 } 7243 7244 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7245 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7246 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7247 } 7248 7249 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7250 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7251 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7252 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7253 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7254 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7255 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7256 // thing to do. 7257 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7258 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7259 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7260 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7261 QualType Result = 7262 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7263 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7264 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7265 } 7266 7267 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7268 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7269 // declaration. 7270 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7271 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7272 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7273 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7274 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7275 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7276 } 7277 } 7278 7279 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7280 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7281 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7282 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7283 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7284 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7285 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7286 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7287 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7288 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7289 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7290 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7291 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7292 // or conversion function. 7293 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7294 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7295 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7296 } 7297 } 7298 7299 if (isConstexpr) { 7300 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7301 // are implicitly inline. 7302 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7303 7304 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7305 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7306 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7307 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7308 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7309 } 7310 7311 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 7312 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7313 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7314 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 7315 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 7316 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7317 << 0 7318 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7319 } else { 7320 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 7321 if (FunctionTemplate) 7322 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7323 } 7324 } 7325 7326 if (isFriend) { 7327 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7328 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7329 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 7330 } 7331 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7332 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7333 } 7334 7335 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 7336 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 7337 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 7338 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 7339 case FDK_Declaration: 7340 case FDK_Definition: 7341 break; 7342 7343 case FDK_Defaulted: 7344 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 7345 break; 7346 7347 case FDK_Deleted: 7348 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 7349 break; 7350 } 7351 7352 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 7353 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7354 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 7355 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 7356 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 7357 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7358 } 7359 7360 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 7361 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 7362 // C++ [class.static]p1: 7363 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 7364 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 7365 // the class. 7366 7367 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 7368 // member function definition. 7369 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7370 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 7371 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7372 } 7373 7374 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 7375 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 7376 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 7377 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7378 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 7379 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 7380 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 7381 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 7382 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 7383 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 7384 } 7385 7386 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 7387 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 7388 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7389 isExplicitSpecialization || 7390 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7391 7392 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7393 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 7394 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7395 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7396 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 7397 SE->getString(), 0)); 7398 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7399 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7400 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7401 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7402 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 7403 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7404 } 7405 } 7406 7407 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 7408 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 7409 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 7410 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 7411 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7412 7413 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 7414 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 7415 // single void argument. 7416 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 7417 // already checks for that case. 7418 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 7419 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 7420 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 7421 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 7422 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 7423 Params.push_back(Param); 7424 7425 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 7426 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7427 } 7428 } 7429 7430 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7431 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 7432 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 7433 // parameters for use in the declaration. 7434 // 7435 // @code 7436 // typedef void fn(int); 7437 // fn f; 7438 // @endcode 7439 7440 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 7441 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 7442 ParmVarDecl *Param = 7443 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 7444 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 7445 Params.push_back(Param); 7446 } 7447 } else { 7448 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 7449 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 7450 } 7451 7452 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 7453 NewFD->setParams(Params); 7454 7455 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 7456 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 7457 // 7458 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 7459 // 7460 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 7461 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 7462 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 7463 7464 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 7465 NewFD->addAttr( 7466 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 7467 Context, 0)); 7468 7469 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 7470 // because all functions have linkage. 7471 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7472 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7473 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 7474 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7475 } 7476 7477 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 7478 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7479 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 7480 NewFD->addAttr( 7481 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 7482 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7483 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 7484 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7485 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 7486 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 7487 NewFD)) 7488 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 7489 } 7490 7491 // Handle attributes. 7492 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 7493 7494 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7495 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 7496 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 7497 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 7498 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 7499 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 7500 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 7501 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7502 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 7503 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7504 } 7505 } 7506 7507 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7508 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7509 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 7510 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7511 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7512 7513 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7514 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7515 7516 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7517 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7518 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7519 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7520 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 7521 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7522 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7523 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7524 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7525 7526 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 7527 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 7528 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 7529 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7530 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7531 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 7532 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 7533 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 7534 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 7535 int DiagID = 7536 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 7537 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 7538 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 7539 } 7540 } 7541 } else { 7542 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 7543 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 7544 // 7545 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 7546 // 7547 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 7548 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 7549 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 7550 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 7551 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7552 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7553 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 7554 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7555 7556 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 7557 // argument list into our AST format. 7558 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7559 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 7560 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 7561 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7562 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 7563 TemplateId->NumArgs); 7564 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 7565 TemplateArgs); 7566 7567 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7568 7569 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7570 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7571 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 7572 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 7573 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 7574 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7575 7576 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7577 } else { 7578 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 7579 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 7580 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 7581 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 7582 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7583 } 7584 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7585 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 7586 // wrote something like: 7587 // template <> friend void foo(int); 7588 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 7589 // friend void foo<>(int); 7590 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 7591 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7592 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7593 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7594 } 7595 7596 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 7597 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 7598 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 7599 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 7600 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 7601 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 7602 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 7603 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 7604 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 7605 InstantiationDependent))) { 7606 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 7607 "friend function specialization without template args"); 7608 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 7609 Previous)) 7610 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7611 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7612 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 7613 && !isFriend) { 7614 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 7615 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 7616 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 7617 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 7618 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7619 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 7620 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 7621 : nullptr), 7622 Previous)) 7623 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7624 7625 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 7626 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 7627 // specialization (14.7.3) 7628 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 7629 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 7630 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 7631 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 7632 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7633 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 7634 << SC 7635 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7636 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7637 7638 else 7639 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7640 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 7641 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7642 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7643 } 7644 7645 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7646 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 7647 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7648 } 7649 7650 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7651 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7652 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7653 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7654 7655 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7656 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7657 7658 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7659 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7660 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7661 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7662 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 7663 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7664 } 7665 7666 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7667 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7668 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7669 7670 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 7671 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 7672 : NewFD); 7673 7674 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 7675 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 7676 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7677 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 7678 7679 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 7680 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 7681 } 7682 7683 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 7684 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 7685 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 7686 7687 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 7688 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 7689 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7690 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 7691 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 7692 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 7693 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 7694 : nullptr, 7695 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 7696 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 7697 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 7698 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 7699 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 7700 DC && DC->isRecord() && 7701 DC->isDependentContext()) 7702 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 7703 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 7704 } 7705 7706 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7707 // Ignore all the rest of this. 7708 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 7709 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 7710 AddToScope }; 7711 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 7712 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 7713 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7714 7715 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 7716 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7717 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 7718 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 7719 7720 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 7721 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 7722 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 7723 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 7724 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 7725 // can actually do this check immediately. 7726 if (isFriend && 7727 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 7728 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 7729 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 7730 // ignore these 7731 } else { 7732 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 7733 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 7734 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 7735 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 7736 // 7737 // class X { 7738 // void f() const; 7739 // }; 7740 // 7741 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 7742 // 7743 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 7744 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 7745 // whether the parameter types are references). 7746 7747 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7748 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 7749 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7750 return Result; 7751 } 7752 } 7753 7754 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 7755 // to something. 7756 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 7757 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7758 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 7759 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7760 return Result; 7761 } 7762 } 7763 7764 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7765 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 7766 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 7767 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 7768 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 7769 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 7770 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 7771 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 7772 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 7773 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 7774 // generate them. 7775 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 7776 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7777 } 7778 } 7779 7780 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 7781 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 7782 7783 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 7784 7785 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 7786 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7787 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7788 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 7789 << NewFD; 7790 7791 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 7792 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7793 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 7794 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 7795 EPI.Variadic = true; 7796 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 7797 7798 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 7799 NewFD->setType(R); 7800 } 7801 7802 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 7803 // member, set the visibility of this function. 7804 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 7805 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 7806 7807 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 7808 // marking the function. 7809 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 7810 7811 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 7812 // a pragma. 7813 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 7814 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 7815 7816 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 7817 // the map of such variables. 7818 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7819 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 7820 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 7821 7822 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 7823 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 7824 7825 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 7826 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 7827 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 7828 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7829 } 7830 7831 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7832 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7833 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7834 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7835 return FunctionTemplate; 7836 } 7837 } 7838 7839 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7840 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 7841 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 7842 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 7843 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 7844 D.setInvalidType(); 7845 } 7846 7847 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 7848 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 7849 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 7850 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 7851 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 7852 : FixItHint()); 7853 D.setInvalidType(); 7854 } 7855 7856 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 7857 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 7858 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 7859 } 7860 7861 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 7862 7863 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 7864 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 7865 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7866 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7867 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 7868 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 7869 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 7870 7871 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 7872 } 7873 } 7874 7875 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 7876 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 7877 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 7878 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7879 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 7880 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 7881 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 7882 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 7883 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 7884 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 7885 AddToScope = false; 7886 } 7887 7888 return NewFD; 7889 } 7890 7891 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 7892 /// 7893 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 7894 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 7895 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 7896 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 7897 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 7898 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 7899 /// via InstantiateDecl). 7900 /// 7901 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 7902 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 7903 /// 7904 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 7905 /// 7906 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 7907 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7908 LookupResult &Previous, 7909 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 7910 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 7911 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 7912 7913 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 7914 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 7915 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 7916 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7917 !Previous.isShadowed(); 7918 7919 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 7920 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7921 7922 bool Redeclaration = false; 7923 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 7924 7925 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 7926 // the same name, if appropriate. 7927 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7928 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 7929 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 7930 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 7931 // function to the scope. 7932 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 7933 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7934 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 7935 Redeclaration = true; 7936 OldDecl = Candidate; 7937 } 7938 } else { 7939 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 7940 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 7941 case Ovl_Match: 7942 Redeclaration = true; 7943 break; 7944 7945 case Ovl_NonFunction: 7946 Redeclaration = true; 7947 break; 7948 7949 case Ovl_Overload: 7950 Redeclaration = false; 7951 break; 7952 } 7953 7954 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7955 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 7956 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 7957 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7958 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7959 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 7960 if (Redeclaration) 7961 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 7962 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7963 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 7964 if (OverloadedDecl) 7965 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 7966 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7967 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7968 } 7969 } 7970 } 7971 7972 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 7973 if (!Redeclaration && 7974 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 7975 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7976 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7977 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 7978 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 7979 Redeclaration = true; 7980 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7981 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 7982 7983 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 7984 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7985 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7986 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7987 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7988 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 7989 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7990 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7991 } 7992 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 7993 Redeclaration = false; 7994 OldDecl = nullptr; 7995 } 7996 } 7997 } 7998 } 7999 8000 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 8001 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 8002 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 8003 // 8004 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 8005 // definition of a static member function. 8006 // 8007 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 8008 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 8009 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8010 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 8011 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 8012 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 8013 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 8014 if (OldDecl) 8015 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 8016 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 8017 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8018 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8019 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 8020 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 8021 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 8022 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 8023 8024 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 8025 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 8026 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8027 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 8028 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 8029 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 8030 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 8031 8032 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 8033 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 8034 } 8035 } 8036 } 8037 8038 if (Redeclaration) { 8039 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 8040 // merged. 8041 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 8042 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8043 return Redeclaration; 8044 } 8045 8046 Previous.clear(); 8047 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 8048 8049 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 8050 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 8051 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 8052 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 8053 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 8054 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 8055 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 8056 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 8057 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8058 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8059 } 8060 8061 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 8062 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 8063 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 8064 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 8065 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 8066 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 8067 } 8068 8069 } else { 8070 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 8071 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 8072 8073 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 8074 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 8075 } 8076 } 8077 8078 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 8079 8080 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8081 // C++-specific checks. 8082 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8083 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 8084 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 8085 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8086 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 8087 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 8088 8089 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 8090 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 8091 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 8092 DeclarationName Name 8093 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 8094 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 8095 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 8096 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 8097 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8098 return Redeclaration; 8099 } 8100 } 8101 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 8102 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8103 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 8104 } 8105 8106 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 8107 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8108 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 8109 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 8110 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 8111 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 8112 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 8113 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8114 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 8115 } 8116 } 8117 } 8118 8119 if (Method->isStatic()) 8120 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8121 } 8122 8123 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 8124 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 8125 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8126 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8127 return Redeclaration; 8128 } 8129 8130 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 8131 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 8132 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8133 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8134 return Redeclaration; 8135 } 8136 8137 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 8138 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 8139 // during delayed parsing anyway. 8140 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 8141 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 8142 8143 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 8144 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 8145 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 8146 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 8147 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8148 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 8149 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 8150 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 8151 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 8152 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 8153 } 8154 } 8155 8156 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 8157 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 8158 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 8159 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 8160 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 8161 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 8162 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 8163 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 8164 << NewFD << R; 8165 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 8166 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8167 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 8168 } 8169 } 8170 return Redeclaration; 8171 } 8172 8173 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 8174 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 8175 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 8176 // constexpr is ill-formed. 8177 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 8178 // appear in a declaration of main. 8179 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 8180 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 8181 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8182 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 8183 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 8184 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8185 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 8186 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 8187 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 8188 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8189 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8190 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 8191 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8192 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8193 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8194 } 8195 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8196 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8197 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8198 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8199 } 8200 8201 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8202 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8203 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8204 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8205 return; 8206 } 8207 8208 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8209 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8210 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8211 8212 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8213 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8214 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8215 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8216 8217 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8218 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8219 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8220 else { 8221 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8222 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8223 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8224 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8225 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8226 } 8227 } else { 8228 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8229 // set the flag which tells us that. 8230 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8231 8232 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8233 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8234 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8235 else { 8236 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8237 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8238 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8239 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8240 : FixItHint()); 8241 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8242 } 8243 } 8244 8245 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8246 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8247 8248 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8249 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8250 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8251 8252 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8253 8254 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8255 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8256 // getting shifty. 8257 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8258 HasExtraParameters = false; 8259 8260 if (HasExtraParameters) { 8261 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 8262 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8263 nparams = 3; 8264 } 8265 8266 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 8267 // if we had some location information about types. 8268 8269 QualType CharPP = 8270 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 8271 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 8272 8273 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 8274 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 8275 8276 bool mismatch = true; 8277 8278 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 8279 mismatch = false; 8280 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 8281 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 8282 // char const ** 8283 // char const * const * 8284 // char * const * 8285 8286 QualifierCollector qs; 8287 const PointerType* PT; 8288 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8289 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8290 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 8291 Context.CharTy)) { 8292 qs.removeConst(); 8293 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 8294 } 8295 } 8296 8297 if (mismatch) { 8298 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 8299 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 8300 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8301 } 8302 } 8303 8304 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8305 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 8306 } 8307 8308 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8309 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8310 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8311 } 8312 } 8313 8314 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8315 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8316 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8317 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8318 8319 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 8320 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 8321 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 8322 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 8323 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 8324 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 8325 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 8326 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8327 8328 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8329 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8330 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8331 } 8332 } 8333 8334 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 8335 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 8336 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 8337 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 8338 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 8339 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 8340 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 8341 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 8342 // rules there don't matter.) 8343 const Expr *Culprit; 8344 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8345 return false; 8346 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 8347 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8348 return true; 8349 } 8350 8351 namespace { 8352 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 8353 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 8354 class SelfReferenceChecker 8355 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 8356 Sema &S; 8357 Decl *OrigDecl; 8358 bool isRecordType; 8359 bool isPODType; 8360 bool isReferenceType; 8361 8362 bool isInitList; 8363 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 8364 public: 8365 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 8366 8367 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 8368 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 8369 isPODType = false; 8370 isRecordType = false; 8371 isReferenceType = false; 8372 isInitList = false; 8373 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 8374 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 8375 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 8376 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 8377 } 8378 } 8379 8380 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 8381 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 8382 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 8383 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 8384 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 8385 if (!InitList) { 8386 Visit(E); 8387 return; 8388 } 8389 8390 // Track and increment the index here. 8391 isInitList = true; 8392 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 8393 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 8394 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 8395 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 8396 } 8397 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 8398 } 8399 8400 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 8401 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 8402 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 8403 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 8404 Expr *Base = E; 8405 bool ReferenceField = false; 8406 8407 // Get the field memebers used. 8408 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8409 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 8410 if (!FD) 8411 return false; 8412 Fields.push_back(FD); 8413 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 8414 ReferenceField = true; 8415 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8416 } 8417 8418 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 8419 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 8420 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 8421 return false; 8422 8423 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 8424 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 8425 return true; 8426 8427 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 8428 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 8429 for (auto I = Fields.rbegin(), E = Fields.rend(); I != E; ++I) { 8430 UsedFieldIndex.push_back((*I)->getFieldIndex()); 8431 } 8432 8433 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 8434 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 8435 // initialized, then the use is safe. 8436 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 8437 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 8438 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 8439 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 8440 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 8441 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 8442 return true; 8443 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 8444 break; 8445 } 8446 8447 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 8448 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8449 return true; 8450 } 8451 8452 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 8453 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 8454 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 8455 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 8456 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8457 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 8458 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8459 return; 8460 } 8461 8462 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8463 Visit(CO->getCond()); 8464 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 8465 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 8466 return; 8467 } 8468 8469 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 8470 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8471 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 8472 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 8473 return; 8474 } 8475 8476 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 8477 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 8478 return; 8479 } 8480 8481 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 8482 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 8483 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 8484 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 8485 return; 8486 } 8487 } 8488 8489 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 8490 if (isInitList) { 8491 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 8492 false /*CheckReference*/)) 8493 return; 8494 } 8495 8496 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8497 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8498 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 8499 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8500 return; 8501 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8502 } 8503 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 8504 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8505 return; 8506 } 8507 8508 Visit(E); 8509 } 8510 8511 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 8512 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 8513 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 8514 if (isReferenceType) 8515 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 8516 } 8517 8518 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 8519 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 8520 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8521 return; 8522 } 8523 8524 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 8525 } 8526 8527 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 8528 if (isInitList) { 8529 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 8530 return; 8531 } 8532 8533 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 8534 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 8535 8536 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 8537 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 8538 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 8539 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 8540 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8541 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8542 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8543 Warn = false; 8544 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8545 } 8546 8547 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 8548 if (Warn) 8549 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8550 return; 8551 } 8552 8553 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 8554 // Visit that expression. 8555 Visit(Base); 8556 } 8557 8558 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 8559 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 8560 8561 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 8562 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 8563 8564 Visit(Callee); 8565 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 8566 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 8567 } 8568 8569 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 8570 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 8571 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 8572 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 8573 if (!isPODType) 8574 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8575 return; 8576 } 8577 8578 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 8579 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8580 return; 8581 } 8582 8583 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 8584 } 8585 8586 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 8587 8588 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 8589 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 8590 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 8591 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8592 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 8593 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 8594 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8595 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 8596 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 8597 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 8598 return; 8599 } 8600 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 8601 } 8602 8603 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 8604 // Treat std::move as a use. 8605 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 8606 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 8607 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 8608 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 8609 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 8610 return; 8611 } 8612 } 8613 } 8614 8615 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 8616 } 8617 8618 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 8619 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 8620 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 8621 Visit(E->getRHS()); 8622 return; 8623 } 8624 8625 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 8626 } 8627 8628 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 8629 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 8630 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 8631 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 8632 Visit(E->getCond()); 8633 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 8634 } 8635 8636 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 8637 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 8638 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 8639 unsigned diag; 8640 if (isReferenceType) { 8641 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 8642 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 8643 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 8644 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 8645 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 8646 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 8647 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 8648 } else { 8649 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 8650 return; 8651 } 8652 8653 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 8654 S.PDiag(diag) 8655 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 8656 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 8657 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 8658 } 8659 }; 8660 8661 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 8662 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 8663 bool DirectInit) { 8664 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 8665 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 8666 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 8667 return; 8668 8669 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8670 8671 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 8672 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 8673 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 8674 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 8675 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 8676 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 8677 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 8678 return; 8679 8680 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 8681 } 8682 } 8683 8684 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 8685 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 8686 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 8687 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 8688 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8689 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 8690 // the initializer. 8691 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8692 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init); 8693 return; 8694 } 8695 8696 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8697 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 8698 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 8699 // Thus this grotesque test. 8700 IntegerLiteral *IL; 8701 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 8702 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 8703 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 8704 else { 8705 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 8706 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 8707 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 8708 } 8709 return; 8710 } 8711 8712 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 8713 if (!VDecl) { 8714 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 8715 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 8716 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8717 return; 8718 } 8719 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8720 8721 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 8722 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8723 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 8724 // be deduced based on the chosen correction:if the original init contains a 8725 // TypoExpr. 8726 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init); 8727 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 8728 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8729 return; 8730 } 8731 if (Res.get() != Init) { 8732 Init = Res.get(); 8733 if (CXXDirectInit) 8734 CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8735 } 8736 8737 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 8738 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 8739 // contains exactly one expression. 8740 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8741 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 8742 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 8743 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 8744 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8745 VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 8746 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 8747 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8748 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8749 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8750 return; 8751 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 8752 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 8753 VDecl->isInitCapture() 8754 ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 8755 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 8756 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8757 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8758 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8759 return; 8760 } else { 8761 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 8762 if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) 8763 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8764 diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 8765 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8766 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8767 } 8768 } 8769 8770 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 8771 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 8772 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 8773 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8774 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8775 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8776 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8777 return; 8778 } 8779 Init = Result.get(); 8780 DefaultedToAuto = true; 8781 } 8782 8783 QualType DeducedType; 8784 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 8785 DAR_Failed) 8786 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 8787 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 8788 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8789 return; 8790 } 8791 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 8792 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 8793 8794 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 8795 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 8796 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8797 8798 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 8799 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 8800 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 8801 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 8802 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 8803 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 8804 SourceLocation Loc = 8805 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8806 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 8807 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 8808 } 8809 8810 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 8811 // the previously declared type. 8812 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 8813 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 8814 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 8815 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false); 8816 } 8817 8818 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 8819 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 8820 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8821 return; 8822 8823 // If all looks well, warn if this is a case that will change meaning when 8824 // we implement N3922. 8825 if (DirectInit && !CXXDirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 8826 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), 8827 diag::warn_auto_var_direct_list_init) 8828 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Init->getLocStart(), "="); 8829 } 8830 } 8831 8832 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 8833 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 8834 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 8835 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8836 return; 8837 } 8838 8839 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 8840 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 8841 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 8842 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8843 return; 8844 } 8845 8846 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 8847 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 8848 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 8849 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 8850 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 8851 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 8852 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 8853 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 8854 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8855 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8856 return; 8857 } 8858 8859 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 8860 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 8861 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8862 AbstractVariableType)) 8863 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8864 } 8865 8866 const VarDecl *Def; 8867 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 8868 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 8869 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8870 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8871 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8872 return; 8873 } 8874 8875 const VarDecl *PrevInit = nullptr; 8876 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8877 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 8878 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 8879 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8880 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 8881 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 8882 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 8883 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 8884 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 8885 // 8886 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 8887 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 8888 // declaration with an initializer. 8889 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 8890 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 8891 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8892 Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 8893 return; 8894 } 8895 8896 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 8897 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8898 8899 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 8900 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8901 return; 8902 } 8903 } 8904 8905 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 8906 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 8907 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 8908 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 8909 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8910 return; 8911 } 8912 8913 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 8914 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 8915 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 8916 8917 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 8918 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 8919 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 8920 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8921 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8922 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8923 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8924 return; 8925 } 8926 Init = Result.get(); 8927 } 8928 8929 // Perform the initialization. 8930 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8931 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 8932 InitializationKind Kind 8933 = DirectInit ? 8934 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 8935 Init->getLocStart(), 8936 Init->getLocEnd()) 8937 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 8938 VDecl->getLocation()) 8939 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 8940 Init->getLocStart()); 8941 8942 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 8943 if (CXXDirectInit) 8944 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 8945 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 8946 8947 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 8948 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 8949 ExprResult Res = 8950 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Args[Idx], [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 8951 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 8952 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 8953 }); 8954 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 8955 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8956 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 8957 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 8958 } 8959 } 8960 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8961 return; 8962 8963 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 8964 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 8965 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8966 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8967 return; 8968 } 8969 8970 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 8971 } 8972 8973 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 8974 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 8975 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 8976 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 8977 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 8978 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 8979 } 8980 8981 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 8982 // completed by the initializer. For example: 8983 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 8984 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 8985 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 8986 VDecl->setType(DclT); 8987 8988 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8989 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 8990 8991 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 8992 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 8993 8994 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 8995 // Although this code can still have problems: 8996 // id x = self.weakProp; 8997 // id y = self.weakProp; 8998 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 8999 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 9000 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 9001 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 9002 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 9003 Init->getLocStart())) 9004 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 9005 } 9006 9007 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 9008 // 9009 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 9010 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 9011 // full-expression. For instance, in: 9012 // 9013 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 9014 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 9015 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 9016 // 9017 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 9018 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 9019 false, 9020 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 9021 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9022 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9023 return; 9024 } 9025 Init = Result.get(); 9026 9027 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 9028 VDecl->setInit(Init); 9029 9030 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 9031 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 9032 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 9033 // C++ does not have this restriction. 9034 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9035 const Expr *Culprit; 9036 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9037 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9038 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 9039 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 9040 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 9041 // constant expressions. 9042 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 9043 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 9044 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9045 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 9046 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 9047 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9048 } 9049 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 9050 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 9051 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 9052 // 9053 // struct S { 9054 // static const int value = 17; 9055 // }; 9056 9057 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 9058 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 9059 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 9060 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 9061 // 9062 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 9063 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 9064 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9065 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 9066 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 9067 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 9068 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 9069 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 9070 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 9071 9072 // Do nothing on dependent types. 9073 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 9074 9075 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 9076 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 9077 // type. 9078 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 9079 9080 // Require constness. 9081 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 9082 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 9083 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9084 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9085 9086 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 9087 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9088 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 9089 SourceLocation Loc; 9090 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 9091 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 9092 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 9093 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 9094 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 9095 ; // Nothing to check. 9096 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 9097 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 9098 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9099 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 9100 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 9101 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9102 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9103 } else { 9104 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 9105 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 9106 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9107 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9108 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9109 } 9110 9111 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 9112 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 9113 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 9114 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 9115 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 9116 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 9117 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9118 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9119 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 9120 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9121 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9122 } else { 9123 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 9124 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9125 9126 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9127 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9128 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9129 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9130 } 9131 } 9132 9133 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 9134 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 9135 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 9136 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 9137 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9138 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 9139 9140 } else { 9141 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 9142 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9143 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9144 } 9145 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 9146 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 9147 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 9148 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 9149 VDecl->isExternC())) && 9150 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 9151 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 9152 9153 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 9154 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9155 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9156 } 9157 9158 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 9159 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 9160 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 9161 // 9162 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 9163 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 9164 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 9165 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 9166 // special case code. 9167 9168 // C++ 8.5p11: 9169 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 9170 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 9171 // class type. 9172 if (CXXDirectInit) { 9173 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 9174 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9175 } else if (DirectInit) { 9176 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 9177 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 9178 } 9179 9180 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 9181 } 9182 9183 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 9184 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 9185 /// of sanity. 9186 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 9187 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 9188 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 9189 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9190 9191 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9192 if (!VD) return; 9193 9194 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 9195 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 9196 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9197 return; 9198 } 9199 9200 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 9201 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 9202 9203 // Require a complete type. 9204 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 9205 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 9206 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9207 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9208 return; 9209 } 9210 9211 // Require a non-abstract type. 9212 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 9213 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9214 AbstractVariableType)) { 9215 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9216 return; 9217 } 9218 9219 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 9220 // though. 9221 } 9222 9223 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 9224 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9225 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 9226 if (!RealDecl) 9227 return; 9228 9229 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9230 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 9231 9232 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9233 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 9234 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 9235 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 9236 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9237 return; 9238 } 9239 9240 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 9241 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 9242 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 9243 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 9244 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 9245 // member. 9246 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9247 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 9248 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9249 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 9250 << Var->getDeclName(); 9251 else 9252 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 9253 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9254 return; 9255 } 9256 9257 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 9258 // be initialized. 9259 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9260 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 9261 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 9262 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 9263 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9264 return; 9265 } 9266 9267 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9268 case VarDecl::Definition: 9269 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 9270 break; 9271 9272 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 9273 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 9274 // a declaration. 9275 // 9276 // Fall through 9277 9278 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 9279 // It's only a declaration. 9280 9281 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 9282 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 9283 // object shall be complete. 9284 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 9285 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9286 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9287 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 9288 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9289 9290 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 9291 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9292 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9293 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9294 AbstractVariableType)) 9295 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9296 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9297 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 9298 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 9299 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 9300 } 9301 9302 return; 9303 9304 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 9305 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 9306 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 9307 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 9308 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 9309 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 9310 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 9311 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 9312 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 9313 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9314 ArrayT->getElementType(), 9315 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 9316 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9317 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9318 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 9319 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 9320 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 9321 // NOTE: code such as the following 9322 // static struct s; 9323 // struct s { int a; }; 9324 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 9325 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 9326 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 9327 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 9328 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9329 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 9330 } 9331 } 9332 9333 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 9334 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9335 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 9336 return; 9337 } 9338 9339 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9340 // definitions with incomplete array type. 9341 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 9342 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9343 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 9344 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9345 return; 9346 } 9347 9348 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9349 // definitions with reference type. 9350 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 9351 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 9352 << Var->getDeclName() 9353 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 9354 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9355 return; 9356 } 9357 9358 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 9359 // variable with dependent type. 9360 if (Type->isDependentType()) 9361 return; 9362 9363 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9364 return; 9365 9366 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9367 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9368 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 9369 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9370 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9371 return; 9372 } 9373 } else { 9374 return; 9375 } 9376 9377 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9378 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9379 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9380 AbstractVariableType)) { 9381 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9382 return; 9383 } 9384 9385 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 9386 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 9387 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 9388 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 9389 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 9390 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 9391 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 9392 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 9393 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 9394 // types and is declared without an initializer. 9395 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9396 if (const RecordType *Record 9397 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9398 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 9399 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 9400 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 9401 // incompatibilities with C++98. 9402 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 9403 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9404 } 9405 } 9406 9407 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 9408 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 9409 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 9410 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 9411 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 9412 // type shall have a user-declared default 9413 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 9414 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 9415 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 9416 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 9417 // program is ill-formed. 9418 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 9419 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 9420 // default-initialized; [...]. 9421 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 9422 InitializationKind Kind 9423 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 9424 9425 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9426 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9427 if (Init.isInvalid()) 9428 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9429 else if (Init.get()) { 9430 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 9431 // This is important for template substitution. 9432 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9433 } 9434 9435 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 9436 } 9437 } 9438 9439 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 9440 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9441 if (!VD) { 9442 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 9443 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9444 return; 9445 } 9446 9447 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9448 9449 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 9450 int Error = -1; 9451 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 9452 case SC_None: 9453 break; 9454 case SC_Extern: 9455 Error = 0; 9456 break; 9457 case SC_Static: 9458 Error = 1; 9459 break; 9460 case SC_PrivateExtern: 9461 Error = 2; 9462 break; 9463 case SC_Auto: 9464 Error = 3; 9465 break; 9466 case SC_Register: 9467 Error = 4; 9468 break; 9469 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 9470 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 9471 } 9472 if (Error != -1) { 9473 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 9474 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 9475 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9476 } 9477 } 9478 9479 StmtResult 9480 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 9481 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 9482 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 9483 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 9484 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 9485 // A range-based for statement of the form 9486 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9487 // is equivalent to 9488 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9489 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9490 9491 const char *PrevSpec; 9492 unsigned DiagID; 9493 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 9494 getPrintingPolicy()); 9495 9496 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 9497 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 9498 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 9499 9500 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9501 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 9502 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 9503 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 9504 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9505 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 9506 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 9507 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 9508 } 9509 9510 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 9511 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9512 9513 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 9514 // local retaining variable. 9515 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9516 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9517 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 9518 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9519 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9520 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9521 break; 9522 9523 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9524 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9525 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9526 break; 9527 } 9528 } 9529 9530 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 9531 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 9532 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 9533 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 9534 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 9535 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9536 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 9537 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 9538 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 9539 var->getLocation())) { 9540 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 9541 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 9542 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 9543 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 9544 9545 if (!prev) 9546 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 9547 } 9548 9549 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 9550 const Expr *Culprit; 9551 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 9552 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 9553 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 9554 // have a non-trivial destructor. 9555 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 9556 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9557 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9558 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 9559 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 9560 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 9561 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 9562 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 9563 // initialization. 9564 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 9565 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 9566 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9567 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9568 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9569 } 9570 9571 } 9572 9573 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 9574 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 9575 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9576 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9577 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 9578 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 9579 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 9580 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 9581 else if (!var->getInit()) { 9582 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 9583 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9584 } else { 9585 Stack = &DataSegStack; 9586 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9587 } 9588 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 9589 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 9590 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 9591 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 9592 } 9593 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 9594 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 9595 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 9596 9597 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 9598 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 9599 // attribute. 9600 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 9601 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 9602 CurInitSegLoc)); 9603 } 9604 9605 // All the following checks are C++ only. 9606 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 9607 9608 QualType type = var->getType(); 9609 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 9610 9611 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 9612 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9613 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 9614 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 9615 9616 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 9617 // constructing this copy. 9618 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 9619 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 9620 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 9621 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 9622 ExprResult result 9623 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 9624 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 9625 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 9626 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 9627 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 9628 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 9629 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 9630 } 9631 } 9632 } 9633 9634 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 9635 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 9636 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 9637 9638 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 9639 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 9640 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 9641 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 9642 var->getLocation())) { 9643 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 9644 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 9645 // warned about them. 9646 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 9647 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 9648 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 9649 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 9650 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9651 } 9652 9653 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 9654 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 9655 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 9656 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 9657 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 9658 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 9659 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 9660 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 9661 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 9662 Notes.clear(); 9663 } 9664 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 9665 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 9666 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 9667 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 9668 } 9669 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 9670 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 9671 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 9672 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 9673 var->checkInitIsICE(); 9674 } 9675 } 9676 9677 // Require the destructor. 9678 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 9679 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 9680 } 9681 9682 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 9683 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 9684 void 9685 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 9686 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 9687 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 9688 9689 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 9690 if (!VD) 9691 return; 9692 9693 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 9694 9695 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 9696 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 9697 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 9698 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 9699 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 9700 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 9701 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 9702 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 9703 } 9704 } 9705 } 9706 9707 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 9708 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 9709 9710 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 9711 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 9712 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 9713 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9714 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 9715 // with a warning. 9716 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 9717 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 9718 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 9719 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 9720 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 9721 9722 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 9723 IsClassTemplateMember 9724 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 9725 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 9726 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 9727 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 9728 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9729 } 9730 } 9731 9732 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 9733 // isn't exported with the variable. 9734 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 9735 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 9736 << DLLAttr; 9737 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9738 } 9739 9740 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 9741 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9742 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 9743 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 9744 } 9745 } 9746 9747 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 9748 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 9749 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 9750 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 9751 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 9752 9753 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 9754 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 9755 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 9756 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 9757 9758 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 9759 // tag values. 9760 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 9761 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 9762 return; 9763 9764 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 9765 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 9766 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 9767 continue; 9768 } 9769 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 9770 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 9771 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9772 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 9773 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9774 continue; 9775 } 9776 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 9777 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9778 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 9779 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9780 continue; 9781 } 9782 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 9783 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 9784 MagicValue, 9785 I->getMatchingCType(), 9786 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 9787 I->getMustBeNull()); 9788 } 9789 } 9790 9791 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 9792 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9793 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 9794 9795 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 9796 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 9797 9798 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 9799 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9800 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 9801 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 9802 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 9803 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 9804 Decls.push_back(D); 9805 } 9806 9807 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 9808 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 9809 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 9810 if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl()) 9811 Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 9812 } 9813 } 9814 9815 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 9816 } 9817 9818 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 9819 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 9820 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 9821 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 9822 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9823 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 9824 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 9825 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 9826 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 9827 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 9828 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 9829 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 9830 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 9831 QualType Deduced; 9832 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 9833 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 9834 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 9835 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 9836 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 9837 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 9838 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 9839 break; 9840 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 9841 if (!U.isNull()) { 9842 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 9843 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 9844 Deduced = U; 9845 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 9846 DeducedDecl = D; 9847 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 9848 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 9849 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 9850 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 9851 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 9852 << U << D->getDeclName() 9853 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 9854 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 9855 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9856 break; 9857 } 9858 } 9859 } 9860 } 9861 } 9862 9863 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 9864 9865 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 9866 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 9867 } 9868 9869 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 9870 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 9871 } 9872 9873 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9874 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 9875 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 9876 return; 9877 9878 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 9879 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 9880 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 9881 Group[0]->getLocation())) 9882 return; 9883 9884 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 9885 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 9886 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 9887 // additional declaration references: 9888 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 9889 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 9890 // 'struct S *pS;' 9891 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 9892 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 9893 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 9894 Group = Group.slice(1); 9895 } 9896 } 9897 9898 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 9899 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 9900 if (!Comments.empty() && 9901 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 9902 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 9903 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 9904 // 9905 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 9906 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 9907 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 9908 // ahead through comments. 9909 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9910 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 9911 } 9912 } 9913 9914 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 9915 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 9916 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 9917 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 9918 9919 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 9920 9921 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 9922 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 9923 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 9924 SC = SC_Register; 9925 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9926 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 9927 SC = SC_Auto; 9928 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 9929 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 9930 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 9931 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 9932 } 9933 9934 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 9935 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 9936 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 9937 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 9938 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 9939 << 0; 9940 9941 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 9942 9943 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9944 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 9945 9946 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9947 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 9948 // parameter. 9949 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 9950 9951 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 9952 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 9953 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 9954 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 9955 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 9956 } 9957 } 9958 9959 // Ensure we have a valid name 9960 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 9961 if (D.hasName()) { 9962 II = D.getIdentifier(); 9963 if (!II) { 9964 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 9965 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 9966 D.setInvalidType(true); 9967 } 9968 } 9969 9970 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 9971 if (II) { 9972 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 9973 ForRedeclaration); 9974 LookupName(R, S); 9975 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 9976 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 9977 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9978 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9979 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 9980 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9981 PrevDecl = nullptr; 9982 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 9983 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 9984 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9985 9986 // Recover by removing the name 9987 II = nullptr; 9988 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 9989 D.setInvalidType(true); 9990 } 9991 } 9992 } 9993 9994 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 9995 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 9996 // looking like class members in C++. 9997 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 9998 D.getLocStart(), 9999 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 10000 parmDeclType, TInfo, 10001 SC); 10002 10003 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10004 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10005 10006 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 10007 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 10008 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 10009 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 10010 10011 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 10012 S->AddDecl(New); 10013 if (II) 10014 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 10015 10016 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 10017 10018 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10019 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10020 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 10021 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10022 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10023 10024 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10025 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 10026 } 10027 return New; 10028 } 10029 10030 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 10031 /// typedef. 10032 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 10033 SourceLocation Loc, 10034 QualType T) { 10035 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 10036 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 10037 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 10038 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 10039 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 10040 SC_None, nullptr); 10041 Param->setImplicit(); 10042 return Param; 10043 } 10044 10045 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10046 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 10047 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 10048 // will already have done so in the template itself. 10049 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 10050 return; 10051 10052 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10053 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 10054 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 10055 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 10056 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 10057 } 10058 } 10059 } 10060 10061 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10062 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 10063 QualType ReturnTy, 10064 NamedDecl *D) { 10065 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 10066 return; 10067 10068 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10069 // threshold. 10070 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 10071 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 10072 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10073 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 10074 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 10075 } 10076 10077 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10078 // threshold. 10079 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10080 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 10081 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 10082 continue; 10083 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 10084 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10085 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 10086 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 10087 } 10088 } 10089 10090 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 10091 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 10092 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 10093 StorageClass SC) { 10094 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 10095 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 10096 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 10097 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 10098 10099 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 10100 10101 // Special cases for arrays: 10102 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 10103 // - otherwise, it's an error 10104 if (T->isArrayType()) { 10105 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 10106 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 10107 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 10108 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 10109 } 10110 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 10111 } else { 10112 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 10113 } 10114 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 10115 } 10116 10117 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 10118 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 10119 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 10120 10121 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 10122 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 10123 // the class has been completely parsed. 10124 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 10125 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10126 AbstractParamType)) 10127 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10128 10129 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 10130 // passed by reference. 10131 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 10132 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 10133 Diag(NameLoc, 10134 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 10135 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 10136 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 10137 New->setType(T); 10138 } 10139 10140 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 10141 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 10142 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 10143 // an address space. 10144 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 10145 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 10146 // to be qualified with an address space. 10147 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 10148 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 10149 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10150 } 10151 } 10152 10153 return New; 10154 } 10155 10156 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 10157 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 10158 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 10159 10160 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 10161 // for a K&R function. 10162 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 10163 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 10164 --i; 10165 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 10166 SmallString<256> Code; 10167 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 10168 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 10169 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 10170 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 10171 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 10172 10173 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 10174 // type. 10175 AttributeFactory attrs; 10176 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 10177 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 10178 unsigned DiagID; // unused 10179 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 10180 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10181 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 10182 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10183 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10184 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 10185 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10186 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 10187 } 10188 } 10189 } 10190 } 10191 10192 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 10193 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 10194 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 10195 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 10196 10197 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 10198 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 10199 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 10200 } 10201 10202 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) { 10203 Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D); 10204 } 10205 10206 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 10207 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10208 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 10209 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10210 return false; 10211 10212 // Or declarations that aren't global. 10213 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 10214 return false; 10215 10216 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 10217 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 10218 return false; 10219 10220 // Don't warn about 'main'. 10221 if (FD->isMain()) 10222 return false; 10223 10224 // Don't warn about inline functions. 10225 if (FD->isInlined()) 10226 return false; 10227 10228 // Don't warn about function templates. 10229 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10230 return false; 10231 10232 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 10233 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 10234 return false; 10235 10236 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 10237 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 10238 return false; 10239 10240 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 10241 if (FD->isDeleted()) 10242 return false; 10243 10244 bool MissingPrototype = true; 10245 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 10246 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 10247 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 10248 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 10249 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10250 continue; 10251 10252 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 10253 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 10254 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 10255 break; 10256 } 10257 10258 return MissingPrototype; 10259 } 10260 10261 void 10262 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 10263 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) { 10264 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 10265 // was an extern inline function. 10266 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 10267 if (!Definition) 10268 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 10269 return; 10270 10271 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 10272 return; 10273 10274 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 10275 // a template, it's OK to form another definition of it. 10276 // 10277 // FIXME: Should we skip the body of the function and use the old definition 10278 // in this case? That may be necessary for functions that return local types 10279 // through a deduced return type, or instantiate templates with local types. 10280 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 10281 (Definition->isInlineSpecified() || 10282 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 10283 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) 10284 return; 10285 10286 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 10287 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 10288 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 10289 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 10290 else 10291 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 10292 10293 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10294 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10295 } 10296 10297 10298 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 10299 Sema &S) { 10300 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 10301 10302 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 10303 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 10304 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 10305 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 10306 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 10307 10308 if (LCD == LCD_None) 10309 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 10310 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 10311 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 10312 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 10313 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 10314 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 10315 10316 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 10317 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 10318 10319 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 10320 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 10321 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 10322 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 10323 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 10324 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 10325 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 10326 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 10327 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 10328 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 10329 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 10330 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 10331 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 10332 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 10333 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10334 10335 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 10336 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 10337 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10338 } else { 10339 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 10340 } 10341 ++I; 10342 } 10343 } 10344 10345 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 10346 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 10347 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 10348 10349 if (!D) 10350 return D; 10351 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 10352 10353 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 10354 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 10355 else 10356 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 10357 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 10358 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 10359 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 10360 // LambdaScopeInfo. 10361 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 10362 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 10363 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 10364 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 10365 // have the LSI properly restored. 10366 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 10367 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 10368 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 10369 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 10370 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 10371 } 10372 else 10373 // Enter a new function scope 10374 PushFunctionScope(); 10375 10376 // See if this is a redefinition. 10377 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 10378 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 10379 10380 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 10381 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10382 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 10383 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 10384 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 10385 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10386 } 10387 } 10388 10389 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 10390 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 10391 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 10392 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 10393 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10394 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 10395 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 10396 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10397 10398 if (FnBodyScope) 10399 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 10400 10401 // Check the validity of our function parameters 10402 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10403 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 10404 10405 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 10406 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 10407 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 10408 10409 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10410 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 10411 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 10412 10413 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 10414 } 10415 } 10416 10417 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 10418 // introduce them into the function scope. 10419 if (FnBodyScope) { 10420 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 10421 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 10422 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 10423 I != E; ++I) { 10424 NamedDecl *D = *I; 10425 10426 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the 10427 // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove 10428 // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context. 10429 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 10430 // Is the decl actually in the context? 10431 for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) { 10432 if (DI == D) { 10433 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 10434 break; 10435 } 10436 } 10437 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 10438 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10439 } 10440 10441 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 10442 if (!D->getName().empty()) 10443 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10444 10445 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 10446 // accessible in this scope. 10447 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 10448 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 10449 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10450 } 10451 } 10452 } 10453 10454 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 10455 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10456 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 10457 10458 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 10459 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 10460 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 10461 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 10462 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 10463 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10464 return D; 10465 } 10466 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 10467 // a function template). 10468 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 10469 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10470 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 10471 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 10472 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 10473 10474 return D; 10475 } 10476 10477 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 10478 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 10479 /// optimization. 10480 /// 10481 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 10482 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 10483 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 10484 /// use the named return value optimization. 10485 /// 10486 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 10487 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 10488 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 10489 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 10490 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 10491 10492 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 10493 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 10494 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 10495 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 10496 } 10497 } 10498 } 10499 10500 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 10501 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 10502 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 10503 return false; 10504 10505 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 10506 // return type (yet). 10507 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 10508 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 10509 // we can still delay parsing it. 10510 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 10511 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 10512 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 10513 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 10514 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 10515 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 10516 } 10517 } 10518 return false; 10519 } 10520 10521 return true; 10522 } 10523 10524 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 10525 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 10526 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 10527 // rest of the file. 10528 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 10529 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 10530 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 10531 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 10532 return false; 10533 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 10534 } 10535 10536 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 10537 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 10538 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10539 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 10540 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10541 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr); 10542 } 10543 10544 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 10545 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 10546 } 10547 10548 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 10549 bool IsInstantiation) { 10550 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 10551 10552 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 10553 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 10554 10555 if (FD) { 10556 FD->setBody(Body); 10557 10558 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 10559 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 10560 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 10561 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 10562 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 10563 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 10564 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 10565 << FD->getReturnType(); 10566 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10567 } else { 10568 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 10569 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 10570 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 10571 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 10572 } 10573 } 10574 10575 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 10576 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 10577 // is the first declaration. 10578 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 10579 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 10580 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10581 else if (FD->isInlined() && 10582 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) && 10583 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 10584 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10585 } 10586 10587 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 10588 // don't complain about missing return statements. 10589 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 10590 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 10591 10592 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 10593 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 10594 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 10595 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 10596 10597 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10598 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 10599 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 10600 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 10601 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10602 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 10603 10604 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 10605 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 10606 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 10607 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 10608 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 10609 10610 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 10611 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 10612 // to deduce an implicit return type. 10613 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 10614 !FD->isDependentContext()) 10615 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10616 } 10617 10618 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 10619 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 10620 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 10621 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 10622 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 10623 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 10624 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 10625 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 10626 10627 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10628 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 10629 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 10630 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 10631 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 10632 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 10633 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 10634 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 10635 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 10636 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 10637 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 10638 } 10639 } 10640 } 10641 10642 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 10643 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 10644 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 10645 MD->isVirtual() && 10646 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 10647 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 10648 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 10649 if (FD->isInlined() && 10650 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 10651 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 10652 10653 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 10654 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 10655 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 10656 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 10657 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 10658 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 10659 } else { 10660 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 10661 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 10662 } 10663 } 10664 } 10665 10666 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 10667 "Function parsing confused"); 10668 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 10669 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 10670 MD->setBody(Body); 10671 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10672 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 10673 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 10674 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 10675 10676 if (Body) 10677 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10678 } 10679 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 10680 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 10681 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 10682 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 10683 } 10684 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 10685 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 10686 bool isDesignated = 10687 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 10688 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 10689 (void)isDesignated; 10690 10691 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 10692 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 10693 if (!IFace) 10694 return false; 10695 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 10696 if (!SuperD) 10697 return false; 10698 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 10699 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 10700 }; 10701 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 10702 // of NSObject. 10703 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 10704 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 10705 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 10706 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 10707 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 10708 } 10709 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 10710 } 10711 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 10712 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 10713 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 10714 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 10715 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 10716 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 10717 } 10718 } else { 10719 return nullptr; 10720 } 10721 10722 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 10723 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 10724 "handled in the block above."); 10725 10726 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 10727 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 10728 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 10729 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 10730 // Verify this. 10731 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 10732 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 10733 10734 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 10735 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 10736 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 10737 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 10738 10739 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 10740 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 10741 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 10742 10743 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 10744 Destructor->getParent()); 10745 } 10746 10747 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10748 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10749 // deletion in some later function. 10750 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 10751 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 10752 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10753 } 10754 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 10755 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 10756 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 10757 // enabled. 10758 ActivePolicy = &WP; 10759 } 10760 10761 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10762 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 10763 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 10764 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10765 10766 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 10767 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 10768 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 10769 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 10770 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10771 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10772 break; 10773 } 10774 } 10775 } 10776 10777 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 10778 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 10779 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 10780 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 10781 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 10782 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 10783 } 10784 10785 if (!IsInstantiation) 10786 PopDeclContext(); 10787 10788 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 10789 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10790 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10791 // deletion in some later function. 10792 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 10793 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10794 } 10795 10796 return dcl; 10797 } 10798 10799 10800 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 10801 /// relevant Decl. 10802 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 10803 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 10804 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 10805 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 10806 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 10807 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 10808 10809 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 10810 if (Method->isStatic()) 10811 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 10812 } 10813 10814 10815 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 10816 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 10817 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 10818 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 10819 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 10820 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 10821 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 10822 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 10823 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 10824 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 10825 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10826 return ExternCPrev; 10827 } 10828 10829 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 10830 unsigned diag_id; 10831 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 10832 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 10833 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 10834 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 10835 else 10836 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 10837 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 10838 10839 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 10840 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 10841 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 10842 TypoCorrection Corrected; 10843 if (S && 10844 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 10845 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 10846 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 10847 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 10848 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 10849 } 10850 10851 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 10852 const char *Dummy; 10853 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 10854 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 10855 unsigned DiagID; 10856 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 10857 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10858 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 10859 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 10860 SourceLocation NoLoc; 10861 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 10862 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 10863 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 10864 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 10865 /*Params=*/nullptr, 10866 /*NumParams=*/0, 10867 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 10868 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 10869 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 10870 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 10871 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10872 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10873 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10874 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10875 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 10876 EST_None, 10877 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 10878 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 10879 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 10880 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 10881 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 10882 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 10883 Loc, Loc, D), 10884 DS.getAttributes(), 10885 SourceLocation()); 10886 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 10887 10888 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 10889 10890 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 10891 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 10892 10893 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 10894 FD->setImplicit(); 10895 10896 CurContext = PrevDC; 10897 10898 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 10899 10900 return FD; 10901 } 10902 10903 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 10904 /// the declaration of this function. 10905 /// 10906 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 10907 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 10908 /// like NSLog or printf. 10909 /// 10910 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 10911 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 10912 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 10913 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10914 return; 10915 10916 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 10917 // actual attributes. 10918 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10919 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 10920 unsigned FormatIdx; 10921 bool HasVAListArg; 10922 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 10923 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 10924 const char *fmt = "printf"; 10925 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 10926 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 10927 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 10928 fmt = "NSString"; 10929 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10930 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 10931 FormatIdx+1, 10932 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 10933 FD->getLocation())); 10934 } 10935 } 10936 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 10937 HasVAListArg)) { 10938 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 10939 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10940 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 10941 FormatIdx+1, 10942 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 10943 FD->getLocation())); 10944 } 10945 10946 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 10947 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 10948 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 10949 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 10950 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 10951 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 10952 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10953 } 10954 10955 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 10956 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 10957 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10958 FD->getLocation())); 10959 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 10960 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10961 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 10962 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10963 } 10964 10965 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 10966 if (!Name) 10967 return; 10968 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10969 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 10970 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 10971 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 10972 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 10973 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 10974 // about. 10975 } else 10976 return; 10977 10978 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 10979 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 10980 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 10981 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 10982 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10983 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 10984 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 10985 FD->getLocation())); 10986 } 10987 10988 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 10989 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 10990 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 10991 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 10992 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 10993 FD->getLocation())); 10994 } 10995 } 10996 10997 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 10998 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 10999 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 11000 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 11001 11002 if (!TInfo) { 11003 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 11004 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 11005 } 11006 11007 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 11008 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11009 D.getLocStart(), 11010 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 11011 D.getIdentifier(), 11012 TInfo); 11013 11014 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 11015 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 11016 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 11017 return NewTD; 11018 } 11019 11020 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 11021 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11022 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11023 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 11024 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11025 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11026 else 11027 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 11028 } 11029 11030 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 11031 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 11032 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 11033 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 11034 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 11035 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 11036 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 11037 case TST_enum: 11038 case TST_struct: 11039 case TST_interface: 11040 case TST_union: 11041 case TST_class: { 11042 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 11043 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 11044 break; 11045 } 11046 11047 default: 11048 break; 11049 } 11050 11051 return NewTD; 11052 } 11053 11054 11055 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 11056 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 11057 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 11058 QualType T = TI->getType(); 11059 11060 if (T->isDependentType()) 11061 return false; 11062 11063 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 11064 if (BT->isInteger()) 11065 return false; 11066 11067 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 11068 return true; 11069 } 11070 11071 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 11072 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 11073 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 11074 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 11075 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 11076 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 11077 11078 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 11079 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 11080 << Prev->isScoped(); 11081 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11082 return true; 11083 } 11084 11085 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 11086 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 11087 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 11088 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 11089 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 11090 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 11091 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 11092 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 11093 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 11094 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 11095 return true; 11096 } 11097 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 11098 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 11099 << Prev->isFixed(); 11100 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11101 return true; 11102 } 11103 11104 return false; 11105 } 11106 11107 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 11108 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 11109 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 11110 /// 11111 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 11112 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 11113 switch (Tag) { 11114 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 11115 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 11116 case TTK_Class: return 2; 11117 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 11118 } 11119 } 11120 11121 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 11122 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 11123 /// 11124 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 11125 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 11126 { 11127 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 11128 } 11129 11130 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 11131 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 11132 /// 11133 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 11134 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 11135 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 11136 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 11137 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 11138 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 11139 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 11140 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 11141 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 11142 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 11143 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 11144 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 11145 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 11146 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 11147 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 11148 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 11149 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 11150 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 11151 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 11152 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 11153 if (OldTag == NewTag) 11154 return true; 11155 11156 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 11157 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 11158 bool isTemplate = false; 11159 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 11160 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11161 11162 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 11163 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 11164 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 11165 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11166 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 11167 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11168 return true; 11169 } 11170 11171 if (isDefinition) { 11172 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 11173 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 11174 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11175 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 11176 return true; 11177 } 11178 11179 bool previousMismatch = false; 11180 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 11181 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 11182 if (!previousMismatch) { 11183 previousMismatch = true; 11184 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 11185 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 11186 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 11187 } 11188 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11189 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 11190 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 11191 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 11192 } 11193 } 11194 return true; 11195 } 11196 11197 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 11198 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 11199 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 11200 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 11201 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 11202 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 11203 return true; 11204 } 11205 11206 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11207 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 11208 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11209 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11210 11211 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 11212 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11213 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11214 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 11215 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 11216 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 11217 } 11218 11219 return true; 11220 } 11221 return false; 11222 } 11223 11224 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 11225 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 11226 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 11227 /// namespace N { 11228 /// struct X; 11229 /// namespace M { 11230 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 11231 /// } 11232 /// } 11233 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 11234 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11235 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 11236 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 11237 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 11238 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 11239 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11240 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 11241 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 11242 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 11243 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 11244 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 11245 return FixItHint(); 11246 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 11247 Namespaces.push_back(II); 11248 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 11249 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 11250 if (Lookup == Namespace) 11251 break; 11252 } 11253 11254 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 11255 // build an NNS. 11256 SmallString<64> Insertion; 11257 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 11258 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 11259 OS << "::"; 11260 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 11261 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 11262 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 11263 OS.flush(); 11264 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 11265 } 11266 11267 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 11268 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 11269 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 11270 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 11271 /// 11272 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 11273 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 11274 /// 11275 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to true if the caller should skip 11276 /// the definition of this tag, and treat it as if it were a declaration. 11277 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 11278 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 11279 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 11280 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 11281 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 11282 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11283 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 11284 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 11285 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 11286 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 11287 bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool *SkipBody) { 11288 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 11289 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 11290 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 11291 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 11292 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 11293 11294 OwnedDecl = false; 11295 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 11296 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 11297 11298 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 11299 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 11300 bool Invalid = false; 11301 11302 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 11303 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 11304 // for non-C++ cases. 11305 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 11306 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 11307 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 11308 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 11309 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 11310 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 11311 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11312 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 11313 return nullptr; 11314 } 11315 11316 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 11317 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 11318 // be a member of another template). 11319 11320 if (Invalid) 11321 return nullptr; 11322 11323 OwnedDecl = false; 11324 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 11325 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 11326 TemplateParams, AS, 11327 ModulePrivateLoc, 11328 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 11329 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 11330 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 11331 SkipBody); 11332 return Result.get(); 11333 } else { 11334 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 11335 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 11336 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 11337 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 11338 } 11339 } 11340 } 11341 11342 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 11343 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 11344 // redeclaration. 11345 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 11346 11347 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11348 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 11349 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 11350 // type, default to int. 11351 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11352 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 11353 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 11354 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 11355 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 11356 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 11357 EnumUnderlying = TI; 11358 11359 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 11360 // Recover by falling back to int. 11361 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11362 11363 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 11364 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 11365 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11366 11367 } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11368 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 11369 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11370 } 11371 11372 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 11373 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 11374 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 11375 11376 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 11377 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 11378 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 11379 11380 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 11381 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11382 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 11383 11384 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 11385 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 11386 Name = nullptr; 11387 goto CreateNewDecl; 11388 } 11389 11390 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 11391 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 11392 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11393 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 11394 if (!DC) { 11395 IsDependent = true; 11396 return nullptr; 11397 } 11398 } else { 11399 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 11400 if (!DC) { 11401 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 11402 << SS.getRange(); 11403 return nullptr; 11404 } 11405 } 11406 11407 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 11408 return nullptr; 11409 11410 SearchDC = DC; 11411 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 11412 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 11413 11414 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11415 return nullptr; 11416 11417 if (Previous.empty()) { 11418 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 11419 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 11420 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 11421 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 11422 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 11423 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 11424 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 11425 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11426 IsDependent = true; 11427 return nullptr; 11428 } 11429 11430 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 11431 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 11432 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 11433 Name = nullptr; 11434 Invalid = true; 11435 goto CreateNewDecl; 11436 } 11437 } else if (Name) { 11438 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 11439 // declaration or definition. 11440 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 11441 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 11442 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 11443 LookupName(Previous, S); 11444 11445 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 11446 // by types using'ed into this scope. 11447 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 11448 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 11449 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11450 while (F.hasNext()) { 11451 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11452 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 11453 F.erase(); 11454 } 11455 F.done(); 11456 } 11457 11458 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 11459 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 11460 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 11461 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 11462 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 11463 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 11464 // 11465 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 11466 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 11467 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 11468 // 11469 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 11470 // semantic context? 11471 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11472 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11473 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11474 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 11475 while (F.hasNext()) { 11476 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11477 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11478 if (DC->isFileContext() && 11479 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 11480 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11481 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 11482 else 11483 F.erase(); 11484 } 11485 } 11486 F.done(); 11487 11488 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 11489 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 11490 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 11491 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11492 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 11493 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 11494 } 11495 } 11496 11497 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 11498 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11499 return nullptr; 11500 11501 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 11502 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 11503 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 11504 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 11505 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 11506 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 11507 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11508 } 11509 } 11510 11511 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 11512 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 11513 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11514 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11515 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11516 Previous.clear(); 11517 } 11518 11519 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 11520 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 11521 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 11522 isStdBadAlloc = true; 11523 11524 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 11525 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 11526 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 11527 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 11528 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 11529 } 11530 } 11531 11532 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 11533 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 11534 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 11535 // there's a shadow friend decl. 11536 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 11537 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11538 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 11539 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 11540 11541 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11542 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 11543 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 11544 // 11545 // class-key identifier 11546 // 11547 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 11548 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 11549 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 11550 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 11551 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 11552 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 11553 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 11554 // declaration. 11555 // 11556 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 11557 // C structs and unions. 11558 // 11559 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 11560 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 11561 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 11562 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 11563 // 11564 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 11565 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 11566 // 11567 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 11568 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 11569 // lexical context, 11570 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11571 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11572 11573 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 11574 while (S->isClassScope() || 11575 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11576 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 11577 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 11578 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 11579 S = S->getParent(); 11580 } else { 11581 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 11582 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 11583 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 11584 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 11585 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 11586 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11587 } 11588 11589 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 11590 // diagnose some problems. 11591 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11592 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 11593 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 11594 } 11595 } 11596 11597 if (!Previous.empty()) { 11598 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11599 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = 11600 getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl; 11601 11602 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 11603 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 11604 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 11605 // in C++. 11606 // 11607 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 11608 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 11609 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 11610 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 11611 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11612 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11613 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 11614 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 11615 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 11616 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 11617 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 11618 PrevDecl = Tag; 11619 Previous.clear(); 11620 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 11621 Previous.resolveKind(); 11622 } 11623 } 11624 } 11625 } 11626 11627 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11628 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 11629 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 11630 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 11631 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 11632 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 11633 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 11634 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 11635 // struct or something similar. 11636 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 11637 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 11638 *Name)) { 11639 bool SafeToContinue 11640 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 11641 Kind != TTK_Enum); 11642 if (SafeToContinue) 11643 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 11644 << Name 11645 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 11646 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 11647 else 11648 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 11649 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11650 11651 if (SafeToContinue) 11652 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 11653 else { 11654 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 11655 Name = nullptr; 11656 Previous.clear(); 11657 Invalid = true; 11658 } 11659 } 11660 11661 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 11662 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 11663 11664 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 11665 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 11666 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11667 if (ScopedEnum) 11668 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 11669 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 11670 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 11671 return PrevTagDecl; 11672 } 11673 11674 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 11675 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 11676 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 11677 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 11678 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 11679 11680 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 11681 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 11682 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 11683 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 11684 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 11685 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 11686 } 11687 11688 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 11689 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 11690 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 11691 // and then later defined. 11692 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 11693 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 11694 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 11695 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11696 } 11697 11698 if (!Invalid) { 11699 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 11700 // we have attributes. 11701 11702 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 11703 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 11704 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 11705 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 11706 if (!Attr && 11707 ((TUK == TUK_Reference && 11708 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) 11709 || TUK == TUK_Friend)) 11710 return PrevTagDecl; 11711 11712 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 11713 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11714 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 11715 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 11716 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 11717 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 11718 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 11719 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 11720 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 11721 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 11722 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 11723 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 11724 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 11725 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 11726 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 11727 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 11728 } 11729 11730 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 11731 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11732 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 11733 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 11734 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 11735 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 11736 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 11737 // use it in place of this one. 11738 *SkipBody = true; 11739 if (auto *Listener = getASTMutationListener()) 11740 Listener->RedefinedHiddenDefinition(Hidden, KWLoc); 11741 Hidden->setHidden(false); 11742 return Def; 11743 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 11744 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 11745 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 11746 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 11747 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 11748 else 11749 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 11750 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11751 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 11752 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 11753 // references get the previous definition. 11754 Name = nullptr; 11755 Previous.clear(); 11756 Invalid = true; 11757 } 11758 } else { 11759 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 11760 // about a nested redefinition. 11761 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 11762 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 11763 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 11764 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 11765 diag::note_previous_definition); 11766 Name = nullptr; 11767 Previous.clear(); 11768 Invalid = true; 11769 } 11770 } 11771 11772 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 11773 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 11774 } 11775 11776 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 11777 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 11778 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 11779 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11780 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 11781 AS = AS_none; 11782 } 11783 } 11784 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 11785 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 11786 11787 } else { 11788 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 11789 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 11790 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 11791 // have distinct types. 11792 Previous.clear(); 11793 } 11794 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 11795 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 11796 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 11797 11798 11799 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 11800 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 11801 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 11802 } else { 11803 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 11804 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 11805 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 11806 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 11807 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 11808 unsigned Kind = 0; 11809 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11810 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 11811 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 11812 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 11813 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 11814 Invalid = true; 11815 11816 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 11817 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 11818 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 11819 // do nothing 11820 11821 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 11822 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11823 unsigned Kind = 0; 11824 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11825 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 11826 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 11827 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 11828 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 11829 Invalid = true; 11830 11831 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 11832 // case here. 11833 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11834 unsigned Kind = 0; 11835 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11836 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 11837 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 11838 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 11839 Invalid = true; 11840 11841 // Otherwise, diagnose. 11842 } else { 11843 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 11844 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 11845 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 11846 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11847 Name = nullptr; 11848 Invalid = true; 11849 } 11850 11851 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 11852 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 11853 Previous.clear(); 11854 } 11855 } 11856 11857 CreateNewDecl: 11858 11859 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 11860 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 11861 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11862 11863 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 11864 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 11865 // keyword. 11866 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 11867 11868 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 11869 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 11870 // PrevDecl. 11871 TagDecl *New; 11872 11873 bool IsForwardReference = false; 11874 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11875 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 11876 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 11877 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11878 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 11879 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 11880 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 11881 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 11882 TagDecl *Def; 11883 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 11884 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 11885 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 11886 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 11887 } 11888 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 11889 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 11890 << New; 11891 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11892 } else { 11893 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 11894 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11895 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 11896 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11897 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 11898 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 11899 11900 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 11901 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 11902 // the declaration context. 11903 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 11904 IsForwardReference = true; 11905 } 11906 } 11907 11908 if (EnumUnderlying) { 11909 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 11910 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 11911 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 11912 else 11913 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 11914 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 11915 } 11916 11917 } else { 11918 // struct/union/class 11919 11920 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 11921 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 11922 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11923 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 11924 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11925 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 11926 11927 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 11928 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 11929 } else 11930 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11931 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 11932 } 11933 11934 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 11935 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 11936 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11937 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 11938 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 11939 Invalid = true; 11940 } 11941 11942 // Maybe add qualifier info. 11943 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11944 if (SS.isSet()) { 11945 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 11946 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 11947 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 11948 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 11949 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 11950 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 11951 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 11952 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 11953 Invalid = true; 11954 11955 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 11956 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 11957 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 11958 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 11959 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 11960 } 11961 } 11962 else 11963 Invalid = true; 11964 } 11965 11966 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 11967 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 11968 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 11969 // 11970 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 11971 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 11972 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 11973 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 11974 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 11975 // parsing of the struct). 11976 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11977 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 11978 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 11979 } 11980 } 11981 11982 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 11983 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 11984 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 11985 << 2 11986 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 11987 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 11988 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 11989 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 11990 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11991 New->setModulePrivate(); 11992 } 11993 11994 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 11995 // check the specialization. 11996 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 11997 Invalid = true; 11998 11999 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 12000 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 12001 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 12002 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 12003 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 12004 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12005 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 12006 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 12007 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 12008 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 12009 << Name; 12010 Invalid = true; 12011 } 12012 } else { 12013 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12014 } 12015 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 12016 } 12017 12018 if (Invalid) 12019 New->setInvalidDecl(); 12020 12021 if (Attr) 12022 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 12023 12024 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 12025 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 12026 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 12027 12028 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 12029 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 12030 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 12031 // the tag name visible. 12032 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 12033 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 12034 12035 // Set the access specifier. 12036 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 12037 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 12038 12039 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 12040 New->startDefinition(); 12041 12042 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 12043 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12044 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 12045 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 12046 if (PrevDecl) 12047 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 12048 12049 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12050 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12051 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 12052 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 12053 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 12054 } else if (Name) { 12055 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 12056 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 12057 if (IsForwardReference) 12058 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12059 12060 } else { 12061 CurContext->addDecl(New); 12062 } 12063 12064 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 12065 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 12066 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 12067 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 12068 II->isStr("FILE")) 12069 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 12070 12071 if (PrevDecl) 12072 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 12073 12074 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12075 // record. 12076 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 12077 12078 OwnedDecl = true; 12079 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 12080 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 12081 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 12082 } 12083 12084 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12085 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12086 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12087 12088 // Enter the tag context. 12089 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 12090 12091 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 12092 12093 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12094 // record. 12095 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 12096 } 12097 12098 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 12099 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 12100 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 12101 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 12102 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 12103 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 12104 CurContext = OCD; 12105 return IDecl; 12106 } 12107 12108 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12109 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 12110 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 12111 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 12112 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12113 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 12114 12115 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 12116 12117 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 12118 return; 12119 12120 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 12121 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 12122 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 12123 12124 // C++ [class]p2: 12125 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 12126 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 12127 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 12128 // as if it were a public member name. 12129 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 12130 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 12131 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 12132 Record->getIdentifier(), 12133 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 12134 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 12135 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 12136 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 12137 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 12138 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 12139 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 12140 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 12141 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 12142 "Broken injected-class-name"); 12143 } 12144 12145 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12146 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 12147 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12148 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12149 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 12150 12151 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12152 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12153 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 12154 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12155 RD->completeDefinition(); 12156 } 12157 12158 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 12159 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 12160 12161 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 12162 PopDeclContext(); 12163 12164 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 12165 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 12166 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 12167 12168 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 12169 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 12170 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 12171 } 12172 12173 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 12174 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 12175 PopDeclContext(); 12176 } 12177 12178 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12179 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 12180 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 12181 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 12182 } 12183 12184 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12185 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 12186 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 12187 } 12188 12189 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12190 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12191 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12192 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 12193 12194 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12195 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12196 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12197 RD->completeDefinition(); 12198 } 12199 12200 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 12201 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 12202 // the FieldCollector. 12203 12204 PopDeclContext(); 12205 } 12206 12207 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 12208 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 12209 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 12210 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 12211 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 12212 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 12213 if (ZeroWidth) 12214 *ZeroWidth = true; 12215 12216 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 12217 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 12218 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 12219 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 12220 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 12221 return ExprError(); 12222 if (FieldName) 12223 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 12224 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12225 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 12226 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12227 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 12228 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 12229 return ExprError(); 12230 12231 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 12232 // it now. 12233 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 12234 return BitWidth; 12235 12236 llvm::APSInt Value; 12237 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 12238 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 12239 return ICE; 12240 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 12241 12242 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 12243 *ZeroWidth = false; 12244 12245 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 12246 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 12247 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 12248 12249 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 12250 if (FieldName) 12251 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12252 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 12253 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12254 << Value.toString(10); 12255 } 12256 12257 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 12258 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 12259 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 12260 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct || 12261 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12262 if (FieldName) 12263 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12264 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12265 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12266 12267 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12268 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12269 } 12270 12271 if (FieldName) 12272 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12273 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12274 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12275 else 12276 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12277 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12278 } 12279 } 12280 12281 return BitWidth; 12282 } 12283 12284 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 12285 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 12286 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 12287 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 12288 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 12289 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 12290 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 12291 return Res; 12292 } 12293 12294 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 12295 /// 12296 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 12297 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12298 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 12299 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12300 AccessSpecifier AS) { 12301 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12302 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12303 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12304 12305 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12306 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12307 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12308 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 12309 12310 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 12311 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 12312 D.setInvalidType(); 12313 T = Context.IntTy; 12314 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 12315 } 12316 } 12317 12318 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 12319 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 12320 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 12321 D.setInvalidType(); 12322 } 12323 12324 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 12325 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 12326 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 12327 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 12328 D.setInvalidType(); 12329 } 12330 12331 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 12332 12333 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 12334 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 12335 diag::err_invalid_thread) 12336 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 12337 12338 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 12339 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12340 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 12341 LookupName(Previous, S); 12342 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 12343 case LookupResult::Found: 12344 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 12345 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 12346 break; 12347 12348 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 12349 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12350 break; 12351 12352 case LookupResult::NotFound: 12353 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 12354 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 12355 break; 12356 } 12357 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 12358 12359 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12360 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12361 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 12362 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12363 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12364 } 12365 12366 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 12367 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12368 12369 bool Mutable 12370 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 12371 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 12372 FieldDecl *NewFD 12373 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 12374 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 12375 12376 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 12377 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12378 12379 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12380 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 12381 12382 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 12383 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 12384 // with the same name in the same scope. 12385 } else if (II) { 12386 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 12387 } else 12388 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 12389 12390 return NewFD; 12391 } 12392 12393 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 12394 /// 12395 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 12396 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 12397 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 12398 /// created. 12399 /// 12400 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 12401 /// 12402 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 12403 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 12404 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 12405 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 12406 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 12407 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12408 SourceLocation TSSL, 12409 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 12410 Declarator *D) { 12411 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 12412 bool InvalidDecl = false; 12413 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 12414 12415 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 12416 // marking this declaration as invalid. 12417 if (T.isNull()) { 12418 InvalidDecl = true; 12419 T = Context.IntTy; 12420 } 12421 12422 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 12423 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 12424 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12425 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 12426 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12427 InvalidDecl = true; 12428 } else { 12429 NamedDecl *Def; 12430 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 12431 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 12432 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12433 InvalidDecl = true; 12434 } 12435 } 12436 } 12437 12438 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 12439 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 12440 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 12441 InvalidDecl = true; 12442 } 12443 12444 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12445 // than a variably modified type. 12446 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12447 bool SizeIsNegative; 12448 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 12449 12450 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 12451 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 12452 SizeIsNegative, 12453 Oversized); 12454 if (FixedTInfo) { 12455 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 12456 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 12457 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 12458 } else { 12459 if (SizeIsNegative) 12460 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 12461 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 12462 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 12463 << Oversized.toString(10); 12464 else 12465 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 12466 InvalidDecl = true; 12467 } 12468 } 12469 12470 // Fields can not have abstract class types 12471 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 12472 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12473 AbstractFieldType)) 12474 InvalidDecl = true; 12475 12476 bool ZeroWidth = false; 12477 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 12478 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 12479 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 12480 &ZeroWidth).get(); 12481 if (!BitWidth) { 12482 InvalidDecl = true; 12483 BitWidth = nullptr; 12484 ZeroWidth = false; 12485 } 12486 } 12487 12488 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 12489 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 12490 unsigned DiagID = 0; 12491 if (T->isReferenceType()) 12492 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 12493 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 12494 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 12495 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 12496 12497 if (DiagID) { 12498 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 12499 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 12500 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 12501 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 12502 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 12503 Mutable = false; 12504 InvalidDecl = true; 12505 } 12506 } 12507 } 12508 12509 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 12510 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 12511 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 12512 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 12513 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 12514 12515 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 12516 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 12517 if (InvalidDecl) 12518 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12519 12520 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12521 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12522 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12523 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12524 } 12525 12526 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12527 if (Record->isUnion()) { 12528 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12529 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12530 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12531 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 12532 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 12533 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 12534 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 12535 // objects. 12536 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 12537 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12538 } 12539 } 12540 12541 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 12542 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 12543 // enabled. 12544 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 12545 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 12546 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 12547 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 12548 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 12549 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 12550 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12551 } 12552 } 12553 } 12554 12555 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 12556 // representation, not a parser representation. 12557 if (D) { 12558 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 12559 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 12560 12561 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 12562 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 12563 } 12564 12565 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 12566 // retainable type. 12567 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 12568 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12569 12570 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 12571 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 12572 12573 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 12574 return NewFD; 12575 } 12576 12577 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 12578 assert(FD); 12579 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 12580 12581 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 12582 return false; 12583 12584 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12585 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12586 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12587 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12588 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 12589 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 12590 // copy constructors. 12591 12592 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 12593 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 12594 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 12595 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 12596 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 12597 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 12598 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 12599 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 12600 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 12601 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 12602 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 12603 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 12604 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 12605 member = CXXDestructor; 12606 12607 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 12608 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 12609 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 12610 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 12611 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 12612 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 12613 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 12614 // members unavailable. 12615 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 12616 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 12617 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 12618 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12619 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12620 Loc)); 12621 return false; 12622 } 12623 } 12624 12625 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 12626 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 12627 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 12628 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 12629 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 12630 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 12631 } 12632 } 12633 } 12634 12635 return false; 12636 } 12637 12638 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 12639 /// AST enum value. 12640 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 12641 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 12642 switch (ivarVisibility) { 12643 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 12644 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 12645 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 12646 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 12647 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 12648 } 12649 } 12650 12651 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 12652 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 12653 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 12654 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12655 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 12656 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 12657 12658 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12659 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 12660 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12661 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12662 12663 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 12664 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 12665 12666 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12667 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12668 12669 if (BitWidth) { 12670 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 12671 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 12672 if (!BitWidth) 12673 D.setInvalidType(); 12674 } else { 12675 // Not a bitfield. 12676 12677 // validate II. 12678 12679 } 12680 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 12681 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 12682 D.setInvalidType(); 12683 } 12684 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12685 // than a variably modified type. 12686 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12687 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 12688 D.setInvalidType(); 12689 } 12690 12691 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 12692 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 12693 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 12694 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 12695 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 12696 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 12697 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 12698 return nullptr; 12699 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 12700 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 12701 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12702 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 12703 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 12704 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 12705 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 12706 } 12707 else 12708 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12709 } else { 12710 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 12711 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12712 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 12713 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 12714 return nullptr; 12715 } 12716 } 12717 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12718 } 12719 12720 // Construct the decl. 12721 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 12722 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 12723 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 12724 12725 if (II) { 12726 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 12727 ForRedeclaration); 12728 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 12729 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12730 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12731 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12732 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12733 } 12734 } 12735 12736 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 12737 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 12738 12739 if (D.isInvalidType()) 12740 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12741 12742 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 12743 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 12744 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12745 12746 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12747 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 12748 12749 if (II) { 12750 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 12751 // these to the interface. 12752 S->AddDecl(NewID); 12753 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 12754 } 12755 12756 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 12757 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 12758 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 12759 12760 return NewID; 12761 } 12762 12763 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 12764 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 12765 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 12766 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 12767 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 12768 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 12769 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 12770 return; 12771 12772 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 12773 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 12774 12775 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 12776 return; 12777 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 12778 if (!ID) { 12779 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 12780 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 12781 return; 12782 } 12783 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 12784 else 12785 return; 12786 } 12787 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 12788 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 12789 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 12790 12791 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 12792 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 12793 Context.CharTy, 12794 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 12795 DeclLoc), 12796 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 12797 true); 12798 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 12799 } 12800 12801 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 12802 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 12803 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 12804 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 12805 12806 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 12807 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 12808 // it will now change. 12809 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12810 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 12811 switch (DC->getKind()) { 12812 default: break; 12813 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 12814 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 12815 break; 12816 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 12817 Context. 12818 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 12819 break; 12820 } 12821 } 12822 12823 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 12824 12825 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 12826 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 12827 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 12828 if (Record) { 12829 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 12830 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 12831 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 12832 ++NumNamedMembers; 12833 } 12834 } 12835 12836 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 12837 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 12838 12839 bool ARCErrReported = false; 12840 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 12841 i != end; ++i) { 12842 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 12843 12844 // Get the type for the field. 12845 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 12846 12847 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 12848 // Remember all fields written by the user. 12849 RecFields.push_back(FD); 12850 } 12851 12852 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 12853 // diagnostics about it. 12854 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12855 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12856 continue; 12857 } 12858 12859 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 12860 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 12861 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 12862 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 12863 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 12864 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 12865 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 12866 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 12867 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 12868 // array. 12869 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 12870 // Field declared as a function. 12871 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 12872 << FD->getDeclName(); 12873 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12874 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12875 continue; 12876 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 12877 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 12878 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 12879 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 12880 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 12881 // Flexible array member. 12882 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 12883 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 12884 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 12885 unsigned DiagID = 0; 12886 if (Record->isUnion()) 12887 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 12888 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 12889 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 12890 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 12891 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 12892 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 12893 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 12894 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 12895 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 12896 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 12897 : NumNamedMembers < 1 12898 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 12899 : 0; 12900 12901 if (DiagID) 12902 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 12903 << Record->getTagKind(); 12904 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 12905 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 12906 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 12907 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 12908 // of the type. 12909 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 12910 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 12911 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 12912 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 12913 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 12914 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 12915 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 12916 12917 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 12918 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 12919 // 12920 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 12921 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 12922 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12923 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 12924 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 12925 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 12926 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12927 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12928 continue; 12929 } 12930 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 12931 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12932 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 12933 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 12934 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12935 // Incomplete type 12936 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12937 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12938 continue; 12939 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12940 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 12941 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 12942 // flexible array member. 12943 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12944 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 12945 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 12946 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 12947 // structures. 12948 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 12949 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 12950 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 12951 else { 12952 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 12953 // other structs as an extension. 12954 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 12955 << FD->getDeclName(); 12956 } 12957 } 12958 } 12959 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 12960 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 12961 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12962 AbstractIvarType)) { 12963 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 12964 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12965 } 12966 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 12967 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12968 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 12969 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 12970 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 12971 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 12972 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 12973 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 12974 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 12975 FD->setType(T); 12976 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 12977 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 12978 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 12979 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 12980 // so we just make the field unavailable. 12981 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 12982 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 12983 QualType T = FD->getType(); 12984 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 12985 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 12986 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 12987 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 12988 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 12989 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12990 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12991 loc)); 12992 } 12993 } else { 12994 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 12995 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 12996 } 12997 ARCErrReported = true; 12998 } 12999 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 13000 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 13001 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 13002 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13003 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 13004 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13005 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 13006 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13007 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 13008 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13009 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13010 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13011 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 13012 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13013 } 13014 } 13015 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 13016 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13017 // Keep track of the number of named members. 13018 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 13019 ++NumNamedMembers; 13020 } 13021 13022 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 13023 if (Record) { 13024 bool Completed = false; 13025 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 13026 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 13027 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 13028 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 13029 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 13030 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 13031 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 13032 13033 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 13034 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 13035 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 13036 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 13037 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 13038 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 13039 } 13040 13041 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 13042 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 13043 13044 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 13045 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 13046 // problem now. 13047 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 13048 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 13049 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 13050 13051 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 13052 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 13053 M != MEnd; ++M) { 13054 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 13055 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 13056 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 13057 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 13058 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 13059 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 13060 continue; 13061 13062 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 13063 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 13064 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 13065 // program is ill-formed. 13066 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 13067 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 13068 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 13069 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 13070 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 13071 OM = SO->second.begin(), 13072 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 13073 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 13074 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 13075 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 13076 13077 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13078 } 13079 } 13080 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 13081 Completed = true; 13082 } 13083 } 13084 } 13085 } 13086 13087 if (!Completed) 13088 Record->completeDefinition(); 13089 13090 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 13091 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 13092 13093 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 13094 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 13095 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 13096 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 13097 } 13098 13099 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 13100 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 13101 // compatibility problems. 13102 bool CheckForZeroSize; 13103 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13104 CheckForZeroSize = true; 13105 } else { 13106 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 13107 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 13108 CheckForZeroSize = 13109 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 13110 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 13111 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 13112 } 13113 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 13114 bool ZeroSize = true; 13115 bool IsEmpty = true; 13116 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 13117 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 13118 E = Record->field_end(); 13119 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 13120 IsEmpty = false; 13121 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 13122 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 13123 ZeroSize = false; 13124 } else { 13125 ++NonBitFields; 13126 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 13127 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 13128 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 13129 ZeroSize = false; 13130 } 13131 } 13132 13133 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 13134 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 13135 // extern "C" block. 13136 if (ZeroSize) { 13137 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 13138 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 13139 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 13140 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 13141 } 13142 13143 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 13144 // but are accepted by GCC. 13145 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13146 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 13147 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 13148 << Record->isUnion(); 13149 } 13150 } 13151 } else { 13152 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 13153 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 13154 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13155 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 13156 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 13157 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13158 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 13159 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13160 } 13161 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 13162 // duplicates. 13163 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 13164 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 13165 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13166 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13167 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 13168 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 13169 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 13170 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 13171 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 13172 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 13173 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13174 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13175 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13176 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13177 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 13178 // reported as errors elsewhere. 13179 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 13180 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 13181 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 13182 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 13183 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 13184 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13185 if (IDecl) { 13186 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 13187 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13188 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13189 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13190 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13191 continue; 13192 } 13193 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 13194 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 13195 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13196 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13197 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13198 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13199 continue; 13200 } 13201 } 13202 } 13203 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 13204 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13205 } 13206 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13207 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13208 } 13209 } 13210 13211 if (Attr) 13212 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 13213 } 13214 13215 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 13216 /// the given type T. 13217 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 13218 llvm::APSInt &Value, 13219 QualType T) { 13220 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13221 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 13222 13223 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 13224 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 13225 --BitWidth; 13226 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 13227 } 13228 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 13229 } 13230 13231 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 13232 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 13233 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 13234 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 13235 // enum checking below. 13236 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13237 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 13238 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13239 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 13240 }; 13241 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13242 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 13243 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 13244 }; 13245 13246 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 13247 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 13248 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 13249 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 13250 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 13251 return Types[I]; 13252 13253 return QualType(); 13254 } 13255 13256 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 13257 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 13258 SourceLocation IdLoc, 13259 IdentifierInfo *Id, 13260 Expr *Val) { 13261 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13262 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 13263 QualType EltTy; 13264 13265 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 13266 Val = nullptr; 13267 13268 if (Val) 13269 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 13270 13271 if (Val) { 13272 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 13273 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13274 else { 13275 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 13276 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 13277 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13278 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 13279 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 13280 // constant expression of the underlying type. 13281 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13282 ExprResult Converted = 13283 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 13284 CCEK_Enumerator); 13285 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 13286 Val = nullptr; 13287 else 13288 Val = Converted.get(); 13289 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 13290 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 13291 &EnumVal).get())) { 13292 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 13293 } else { 13294 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13295 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13296 13297 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 13298 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 13299 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 13300 // expression checking. 13301 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13302 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13303 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13304 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13305 } else 13306 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13307 } else 13308 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13309 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13310 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 13311 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13312 // is the type of its initializing value: 13313 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 13314 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 13315 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13316 } else { 13317 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 13318 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 13319 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 13320 // representable as an int. 13321 13322 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 13323 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 13324 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13325 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 13326 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 13327 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 13328 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 13329 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13330 } 13331 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13332 } 13333 } 13334 } 13335 } 13336 13337 if (!Val) { 13338 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 13339 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13340 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 13341 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13342 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13343 // is the type of its initializing value: 13344 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 13345 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 13346 // 13347 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 13348 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 13349 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13350 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13351 } 13352 else { 13353 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 13354 } 13355 } else { 13356 // Assign the last value + 1. 13357 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13358 ++EnumVal; 13359 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 13360 13361 // Check for overflow on increment. 13362 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 13363 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13364 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13365 // is the type of its initializing value: 13366 // 13367 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 13368 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 13369 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 13370 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 13371 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 13372 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 13373 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 13374 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 13375 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 13376 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 13377 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13378 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 13379 ++EnumVal; 13380 if (Enum->isFixed()) 13381 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 13382 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 13383 << EnumVal.toString(10) 13384 << EltTy; 13385 else 13386 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 13387 << EnumVal.toString(10); 13388 } else { 13389 EltTy = T; 13390 } 13391 13392 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 13393 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 13394 // value, then increment. 13395 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13396 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13397 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13398 ++EnumVal; 13399 13400 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 13401 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 13402 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 13403 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 13404 // integral type. 13405 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 13406 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 13407 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13408 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13409 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 13410 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13411 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 13412 } 13413 } 13414 } 13415 13416 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13417 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 13418 // enumerator's type. 13419 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13420 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13421 } 13422 13423 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 13424 Val, EnumVal); 13425 } 13426 13427 13428 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 13429 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 13430 AttributeList *Attr, 13431 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 13432 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 13433 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 13434 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 13435 13436 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 13437 // we find one that is. 13438 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13439 13440 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 13441 // scope. 13442 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 13443 ForRedeclaration); 13444 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13445 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13446 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 13447 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13448 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13449 } 13450 13451 if (PrevDecl) { 13452 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 13453 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 13454 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 13455 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 13456 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 13457 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13458 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 13459 else 13460 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 13461 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13462 return nullptr; 13463 } 13464 } 13465 13466 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 13467 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 13468 // different from T: 13469 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 13470 // enumerated type 13471 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 13472 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 13473 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 13474 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 13475 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 13476 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 13477 13478 EnumConstantDecl *New = 13479 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 13480 13481 if (New) { 13482 // Process attributes. 13483 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13484 13485 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 13486 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 13487 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 13488 } 13489 13490 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 13491 13492 return New; 13493 } 13494 13495 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 13496 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 13497 // Element2 = Element1 13498 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 13499 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 13500 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 13501 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 13502 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 13503 if (!InitExpr) 13504 return true; 13505 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 13506 13507 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 13508 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 13509 return true; 13510 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 13511 if (!IL) 13512 return true; 13513 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 13514 return true; 13515 13516 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 13517 } 13518 13519 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 13520 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 13521 if (!DRE) 13522 return true; 13523 13524 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 13525 if (!EnumConstant) 13526 return true; 13527 13528 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 13529 Enum) 13530 return true; 13531 13532 return false; 13533 } 13534 13535 struct DupKey { 13536 int64_t val; 13537 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 13538 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 13539 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 13540 }; 13541 13542 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 13543 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 13544 false); 13545 } 13546 13547 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 13548 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 13549 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 13550 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 13551 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 13552 } 13553 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 13554 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 13555 LHS.val == RHS.val; 13556 } 13557 }; 13558 13559 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 13560 // a previous element has already been set to. 13561 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13562 EnumDecl *Enum, 13563 QualType EnumType) { 13564 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 13565 return; 13566 // Avoid anonymous enums 13567 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 13568 return; 13569 13570 // Only check for small enums. 13571 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 13572 return; 13573 13574 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 13575 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 13576 13577 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 13578 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 13579 ValueToVectorMap; 13580 13581 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 13582 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 13583 13584 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 13585 // an initialier. 13586 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13587 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13588 13589 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 13590 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 13591 if (!ECD) { 13592 return; 13593 } 13594 13595 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 13596 continue; 13597 13598 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13599 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13600 13601 // First time encountering this value. 13602 if (Entry.isNull()) 13603 Entry = ECD; 13604 } 13605 13606 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 13607 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13608 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13609 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 13610 continue; 13611 13612 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13613 13614 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13615 if (Entry.isNull()) 13616 continue; 13617 13618 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 13619 // Ensure constants are different. 13620 if (D == ECD) 13621 continue; 13622 13623 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 13624 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 13625 Vec->push_back(D); 13626 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13627 13628 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 13629 Entry = Vec; 13630 13631 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 13632 // diagnostics. 13633 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 13634 continue; 13635 } 13636 13637 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 13638 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 13639 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 13640 continue; 13641 13642 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13643 } 13644 13645 // Emit diagnostics. 13646 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 13647 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 13648 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 13649 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 13650 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 13651 13652 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 13653 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 13654 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 13655 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13656 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13657 ++I; 13658 13659 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 13660 // the same value. 13661 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 13662 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 13663 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13664 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13665 delete Vec; 13666 } 13667 } 13668 13669 bool 13670 Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 13671 bool AllowMask) const { 13672 FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = ED->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>(); 13673 assert(FEAttr && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 13674 13675 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FEAttr->getFlagBits(); 13676 unsigned Width = FlagMask.getBitWidth(); 13677 13678 // We will try a zero-extended value for the regular check first. 13679 llvm::APInt ExtVal = Val.zextOrSelf(Width); 13680 13681 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 13682 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 13683 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 13684 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 13685 // 13686 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 13687 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 13688 // likely a logic error. 13689 if (!(FlagMask & ExtVal)) 13690 return true; 13691 13692 if (AllowMask) { 13693 // Try a one-extended value instead. This can happen if the enum is wider 13694 // than the constant used, in C with extensions to allow for wider enums. 13695 // The mask will still have the correct behaviour, so we give the user the 13696 // benefit of the doubt. 13697 // 13698 // FIXME: This heuristic can cause weird results if the enum was extended 13699 // to a larger type and is signed, because then bit-masks of smaller types 13700 // that get extended will fall out of range (e.g. ~0x1u). We currently don't 13701 // detect that case and will get a false positive for it. In most cases, 13702 // though, it can be fixed by making it a signed type (e.g. ~0x1), so it may 13703 // be fine just to accept this as a warning. 13704 ExtVal |= llvm::APInt::getHighBitsSet(Width, Width - Val.getBitWidth()); 13705 if (!(FlagMask & ~ExtVal)) 13706 return true; 13707 } 13708 13709 return false; 13710 } 13711 13712 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 13713 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 13714 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13715 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 13716 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 13717 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 13718 13719 if (Attr) 13720 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 13721 13722 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 13723 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13724 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 13725 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13726 if (!ECD) continue; 13727 13728 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13729 } 13730 13731 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 13732 return; 13733 } 13734 13735 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 13736 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 13737 // emit a warning. 13738 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13739 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 13740 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 13741 13742 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 13743 // reverse the list. 13744 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 13745 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 13746 13747 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 13748 bool AllElementsInt = true; 13749 13750 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13751 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 13752 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13753 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 13754 13755 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 13756 13757 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 13758 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 13759 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 13760 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 13761 else 13762 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 13763 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 13764 13765 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 13766 if (AllElementsInt) 13767 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 13768 } 13769 13770 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 13771 QualType BestType; 13772 unsigned BestWidth; 13773 13774 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 13775 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 13776 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 13777 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 13778 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 13779 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 13780 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 13781 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 13782 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 13783 QualType BestPromotionType; 13784 13785 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 13786 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 13787 // enum definitions. 13788 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 13789 Packed = true; 13790 13791 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13792 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13793 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 13794 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 13795 else 13796 BestPromotionType = BestType; 13797 13798 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 13799 } 13800 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 13801 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 13802 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 13803 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 13804 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 13805 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 13806 BestWidth = CharWidth; 13807 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 13808 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 13809 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 13810 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 13811 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 13812 BestType = Context.IntTy; 13813 BestWidth = IntWidth; 13814 } else { 13815 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 13816 13817 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 13818 BestType = Context.LongTy; 13819 } else { 13820 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 13821 13822 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 13823 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 13824 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 13825 } 13826 } 13827 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 13828 } else { 13829 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 13830 // all of the enumerator values. 13831 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 13832 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 13833 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 13834 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 13835 BestWidth = CharWidth; 13836 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 13837 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 13838 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 13839 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 13840 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 13841 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 13842 BestWidth = IntWidth; 13843 BestPromotionType 13844 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13845 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 13846 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 13847 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 13848 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 13849 BestPromotionType 13850 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13851 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 13852 } else { 13853 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 13854 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 13855 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 13856 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 13857 BestPromotionType 13858 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13859 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 13860 } 13861 } 13862 13863 FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = Enum->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>(); 13864 if (FEAttr) 13865 FEAttr->getFlagBits() = llvm::APInt(BestWidth, 0); 13866 13867 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 13868 // the type of the enum if needed. If we have a flag type, we also prepare the 13869 // FlagBits cache. 13870 for (auto *D : Elements) { 13871 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 13872 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 13873 13874 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 13875 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 13876 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 13877 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 13878 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 13879 13880 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 13881 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 13882 13883 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 13884 // the enum decl type. 13885 QualType NewTy; 13886 unsigned NewWidth; 13887 bool NewSign; 13888 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13889 !Enum->isFixed() && 13890 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 13891 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 13892 NewWidth = IntWidth; 13893 NewSign = true; 13894 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 13895 // Already the right type! 13896 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13897 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 13898 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 13899 // enumeration. 13900 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13901 goto flagbits; 13902 } else { 13903 NewTy = BestType; 13904 NewWidth = BestWidth; 13905 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 13906 } 13907 13908 // Adjust the APSInt value. 13909 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 13910 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 13911 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 13912 13913 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 13914 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 13915 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 13916 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 13917 CK_IntegralCast, 13918 ECD->getInitExpr(), 13919 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 13920 VK_RValue)); 13921 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13922 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 13923 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 13924 // enumeration. 13925 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13926 else 13927 ECD->setType(NewTy); 13928 13929 flagbits: 13930 // Check to see if we have a constant with exactly one bit set. Note that x 13931 // & (x - 1) will be nonzero if and only if x has more than one bit set. 13932 if (FEAttr) { 13933 llvm::APInt ExtVal = InitVal.zextOrSelf(BestWidth); 13934 if (ExtVal != 0 && !(ExtVal & (ExtVal - 1))) { 13935 FEAttr->getFlagBits() |= ExtVal; 13936 } 13937 } 13938 } 13939 13940 if (FEAttr) { 13941 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 13942 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 13943 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 13944 13945 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 13946 if (InitVal != 0 && !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 13947 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 13948 << ECD << Enum; 13949 } 13950 } 13951 13952 13953 13954 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 13955 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 13956 13957 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 13958 13959 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 13960 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 13961 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 13962 } 13963 13964 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 13965 SourceLocation StartLoc, 13966 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 13967 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 13968 13969 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 13970 AsmString, StartLoc, 13971 EndLoc); 13972 CurContext->addDecl(New); 13973 return New; 13974 } 13975 13976 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 13977 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 13978 DeclContext *DC) { 13979 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 13980 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 13981 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 13982 if (!M->IsExternC) { 13983 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c) 13984 << M->getFullModuleName(); 13985 S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 13986 return; 13987 } 13988 break; 13989 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 13990 break; 13991 } 13992 DC = LSD->getParent(); 13993 } 13994 13995 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 13996 DC = DC->getParent(); 13997 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 13998 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level) 13999 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 14000 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 14001 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) 14002 << DC; 14003 } 14004 } 14005 14006 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 14007 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 14008 ModuleIdPath Path) { 14009 Module *Mod = 14010 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 14011 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 14012 if (!Mod) 14013 return true; 14014 14015 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 14016 14017 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 14018 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 14019 // silently ignoring the import. 14020 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 14021 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import) 14022 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 14023 else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule) 14024 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 14025 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule; 14026 14027 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 14028 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 14029 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 14030 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 14031 // We need the length to be consistent. 14032 if (!ModCheck) 14033 break; 14034 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 14035 14036 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 14037 } 14038 14039 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 14040 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 14041 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 14042 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 14043 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 14044 return Import; 14045 } 14046 14047 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14048 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14049 14050 // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here? 14051 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc, 14052 /*Complain=*/true); 14053 } 14054 14055 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 14056 Module *Mod) { 14057 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 14058 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 14059 return; 14060 14061 // Create the implicit import declaration. 14062 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14063 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14064 Loc, Mod, Loc); 14065 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14066 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14067 14068 // Make the module visible. 14069 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc, 14070 /*Complain=*/false); 14071 } 14072 14073 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14074 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14075 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14076 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14077 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14078 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 14079 LookupOrdinaryName); 14080 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, 14081 AliasName->getName(), 0); 14082 14083 if (PrevDecl) 14084 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 14085 else 14086 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14087 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 14088 } 14089 14090 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14091 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14092 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 14093 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 14094 14095 if (PrevDecl) { 14096 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 14097 } else { 14098 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14099 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 14100 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 14101 } 14102 } 14103 14104 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14105 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14106 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14107 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14108 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14109 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 14110 LookupOrdinaryName); 14111 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 14112 14113 if (PrevDecl) { 14114 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 14115 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14116 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 14117 } else { 14118 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14119 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 14120 } 14121 } 14122 14123 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 14124 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 14125 } 14126 14127 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 14128 const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 14129 if (!D) 14130 return AR_Available; 14131 14132 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 14133 // both the availability of the method as well as the 14134 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 14135 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 14136 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 14137 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 14138 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 14139 if (R != AR_Available) 14140 return R; 14141 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 14142 } 14143 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 14144 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 14145 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 14146 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 14147 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 14148 } 14149 // Recover from user error. 14150 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 14151 } 14152